CONTENTS Page Page Page

1.0 Introduction 1.1 5 Heritage 7.13 Current Housing Land Availability 7:11 5.1 Introduction 5:1 7.14 The NPPF 7:11 2.0 Location & Spatial Context 5.2 Initial development of the Town - Late 5:4 7:15 Key issues 7:17 19th Century Appendix 7.1: Residential Planning 2.1 Location and Boundaries 2:1 5.3 Later Stages of Development 5:4 Permissions at 31 March 2013 2.2 Current Land Uses 2:1 5.4 Porritt House Style 5:5 (including loss of residential) 2.3 Adjoining Land Uses 2:1 5.5 Survival 5:5 Appendix 7.2: SHLAA Sites within the 5.6 Listed Buildings 5:5 St. Anne’s NDP Area 2.4 Key Issues 2:2 5.7 Scheduled Monuments 5:5 5.8 Conservation Areas 5:5 8 Economy 3.0 Existing and Emerging Planning Policy 5.9 Registered Gardens 5:6 8.1 Introduction 8:1 Context 5.10 Other Evidence Documents 5.8 8.2 Existing Employment Overview 8:1 3.1 Introduction 3:1 5.11 Planning Policy Context -Heritage 5:9 8.3 Proposed Improvements 8:1 8.4 8:4 3.2 The NPFF 3:1 Assets Evidence Documents 5.12 Key Issues 5:12 8.5 Planning Policy Context-Economy 8:9 3.3 The Development Plan 3:3 8.6 Key issues 8:14 3.4 3:4 The Emerging Local Plan 6 Design and the Built Environment 3.5 Minerals and Waste 3:6 6.1 Introduction 6:1 9 The Natural Environment 3.6 Other Planning Documents 3:6 6.2 Existing Design Guidance 6:1 9.1 Introduction 9:1 3.7 Key Issues 3:6 6.3 Planning Policy Context- Design and 6:2 9.2 Landscape and Topography 9:1 the Built Environment 9.3 Agricultural Land Quality 9:1 4.0 Community Profile 6.4 Key issues 6:4 9.4 Habitats 9:1 4.1 Introduction 4:1 9.5 Fylde Sand Dunes Management 9:4 4.2 Age and Population 4:1 7 Housing Action Plan 4.3 Household Composition 4:2 7.1 Introduction 7:1 9.6 Ribble Coast and Wetlands Regional 9:4 4.4 Health 4:3 7.2 Existing Housing Stock 7:1 Park 4.5 Occupation 4:4 7.3 Housing Tenure 7:1 9.7 Air Quality 9:4 4.6 Industry 4:5 7.4 Housing Size and Occupation 7:3 9.8 Water Bathing beaches 9:5 4.7 Qualifications 4:6 7.5 Housing Age and Condition 7:4 9.9 The Fylde Coast Masterplan-Draft 9:5 4.8 Benefit Dependency 4:7 7.6 Demographic and Economic Trends 7:6 9.10 Green Infrastructure 9:7 4.9 Indices of Multiple Deprivation 4:9 7.7 Housing Market Trends 7:6 9.11 Planning Policy Context- Natural 9:10 4.10 Ethnicity 4:10 7.8 Recent Development Trends 7:7 Environment 9.12 9:15 4.11 Potential Population Change 4:11 7.9 Housing Needs 7:8 Key Issues 4.12 Key issues 4:12 7.10 Affordable Housing 7:8 Appendix 4.1: 7.11 Specific Housing Needs 7:9 Ward and Census Lower Super Output 7.12 Other Evidence Documents 7:9 Boundaries

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan i Page Page 10 Climate Change 13 Utilities and Physical Infrastructure 10.1 Introduction 10:1 13.1 Introduction 13:1 10.2 Understanding Local Flood Risk 10:1 13.2 Flood Defence 13:1 10.3 Renewable Energy 10:6 13.3 Foul and Surface Water 13:1 10.4 Other Evidence Documents 10:8 13.4 Water Supply 13:3 10.5 Fylde Coast Masterplan - Draft 10:13 13.5 Telecommunications 13:3 Consultation Strategy 13.6 Gas 13:3 10.6 Planning Policy Context-Climate 10.13 13.7 Electricity 13:4 Change 13.8 Community Infrastructure Levy 13:4 10.7 Key Issues 10:16 13.9 Minerals and Waste 13:4 13.10 Shale Gas 13:6 11 Transport and Movement 13.11 Waste Capacity 13:6 11.1 Introduction 11:1 13.12 Planning Policy Context-Utilities and 13:6 11.2 Existing Transport and Movement 11:1 Physical Infrastructure Infrastructure 13.13 Key Issues 13:9 11.3 Proposed Transport Infrastructure 11:1 Improvements 11.4 Evidence Documents 11:1 11.5 Planning Policy Context-Transport and 11:6 Movement 11.6 Key Issues 11:10

12 Culture and Community Infrastructure 12.1 Introduction 12.1 Cultural Facilities 12:1 12.2 Education provision 12:1 12.3 Health Provision 12:2 12.4 Recreation and Open Space 12:3 12.5 Evidence Documents 12.4 12.6 Planning Policy Context-Culture and 12.12 Community Infrastructure 12.7 Key Issues 12.21

ii Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 1

Introduction

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter iv Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 1.0 Introduction

1.1 This Neighbourhood Profile Document has 1.2 Structure of Document 1.3 Each section contains information on current been prepared as part of the first stages of baseline information and emerging key issues the preparing the St. Anne’s Neighbourhood The document is structured as follows: together with key references. Development Plan 2015 to 2030, and is intended to: Chapter 1.0 Introduction Future Updates • Describe the locational context and Chapter 2.0 Location and Spatial Context boundaries of the NDP; 1.4 In the event that additional evidence Chapter 3.0 Existing and Emerging documents or national or local planning policy • Present an up to date demographic profile of Planning Policy Context changes are published, these will be included St Anne’s; in an addendum or separate update report. Chapter 4.0 Community Profile • Explain current and emerging local planning policy; Chapter 5.0 History and Heritage • Capture and summarise relevant baseline Chapter 6.0 Built Environment “evidence” relating to the range of issues which the NDP may seek to address and Chapter 7.0 Housing • Identify key issues for achieving a Chapter 8.0 The Economy sustainable vibrant St. Anne’s in the future. Chapter 9.0 The Natural Environment Chapter 10.0 Climate Change Chapter 11.0 Transport and Movement Chapter 12.0 Culture and Community Infrastructure Chapter 13.0 Utilities and Physical Infrastructure

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 1:1 Chapter 1:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 2

Location & Spatial Context

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 2.0 Location and Spatial Context

2.1 Location and Boundaries 2.2 Current Land Uses 2.3 Adjoining Land Uses

2.1.1 St. Anne’s on the Sea is located on the 2.2.1 St. Anne’s is a large seaside town and Figure 2.3.1 The key adjoining land uses are: Fylde Coast, four miles south of Blackpool. 2.2 shows the current major land uses from • Open countryside to the east; To the north the town is bounded by the which it can be seen that the predominant land A5230, Squires Gate, and includes Blackpool uses are: • The southern residential suburb of Blackpool International Airport. To the southeast it abuts and the new Blackpool Tram Depot at • existing urban, predominantly residential Squires Gate to the North. The Squires Gate the townships of Andsell and Lytham. Its Irish development; Sea coastline lies at the northern edge of the (A5230) corridor is a key access route into estuary of the River Ribble, whilst inland the • Blackpool International Airport; the NDP area from the M55. The junction at town includes part of the agricultural Lytham • Open countryside to the east; Squires Gate Lane, and Clifton Drive North Moss. is an important visual gateway into the NDP • A substantial town centre and retail core; area. 2.1.2 The locational context of the Neighbourhood • The Royal Lytham St. Anne’s and St. Anne’s • The township of Lytham conjoins the NDP Development Plan Area is shown in Figure 2.1, Old; Links Golf Courses; and boundary to the south. Lytham’s urban and the detailed boundary is shown in Figure • The Railway Corridor. character is very similar to that of St Anne’s. 2.2. • The beach and Irish Sea to the west provide 2.2.2 Other larger land uses include: a dramatic setting for St. Anne’s and are key environmental, leisure and visual assets. • Large residential site (Former Pontins Holiday Camp Site); • Hey Houses Lane Employment Site1; • Arnold King Edward School; • Vacant Site (Former Blackpool Council Offices at junction of Squires Gate Lane and Clifton Drive North).

1- 2/3 of the EDL site has planning permission: Outline Permission for up to 335 dwg, with Reserved Matters on 162dwg, Booths supermarket and pub.

Fylde BC propose through the emerging Local Plan that 1/3 of remaining site should remain in employment use.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 2:1 2.4 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options •• The Blackpool International Airport site serves as an important role as a gap between the settlements of Blackpool and St Anne’s preventing their merging. The gap between St. Anne’s and the larger Resort town of Blackpool to the north is important in Maintaining the Strategic preserving the Character of St Anne’s as a distinct place. 1 Gap between St. Anne’s and Blackpool •• The gap which extends eastwards onto the Lytham Moss is currently designated as Green Belt by saved Local plan Policy SP3 (Development in Green Belt). Maintaining the overall integrity of this gap whilst addressing demands for growth in the town and the Airport will be a key issue for the NDP. •• The eastern part of the NDP area comprises the Lytham Moss area of open countryside. The majority of the open countryside within the NDP boundary is also designated as Green Belt, forming part of the Gap between St Anne’s and the southern part of 2 Countryside Blackpool (with Blackpool Aiport). •• The protection and potential improved access to this area for recreation purposes (having regard to the existing large Queensway Planning permission, and the proposed M55- Heyhouses Link Road ) could be addressed by the NDP. •• The beach and sea are obviously key elements of the original character and Raison d’être of the Town, and its economy. They 3 The Beach and Irish Sea are key resources, providing opportunities for recreation, well-being, green infrastructure and possibly a renewed economic driver which should be explored through the NDP. •• The five major access points/ corridors to St Anne’s are currently : •• Clifton Drive (A584) (from the South via Lytham) •• Clifton Drive/(A584)/ Squires Gate Lane (from North Via Blackpool and M55) •• Queensway/ Heyhouses Lane (from north east Blackpool and M55); and 4 Gateways •• South Fylde Railway; and Blackpool International Airport •• In terms of “Gateways” to the Town they currently contribute little to the identity and character of the town. •• Blackpool International Airport provides a unique gateway to the Town •• The proposed M55 Link Road will provide a new direct link to the Town from the M55. The construction of the road offers an opportunity to define the character and quality of the town along its route and especially at its junction with Heyhouses Lane.

Chapter 2:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 2.1: St. Anne’s NDP Location & Spatial Context St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 2:3 Figure 2.2: Key Land Issues

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

Chapter 2:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 2.3: Boundary for St. Anne’s Parish Neighbourhood Plan

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 2:5 Figure 2.4: Location and Spatial Context - Key Issues

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

Chapter 2:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 3

Existing & Emerging Planning Policy Context

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 3.0 Existing and Emerging Planning Policy Context

3.1 Introduction • Joint Lancashire Minerals and Waste Local the policies in the Framework taken Plan: Site Allocations and Development as a whole; or specific policies in the 3.1.1 The National Planning Policy Framework Management Policies, adopted September Framework indicate development should (NPPF) sets out the Government’s economic, 2013. be restricted. environmental and social planning policies for England and how these are expected 3.1.4 Paragraph 215 of the NPPF indicates that 3.2.4 Paragraph 15 says that Policies in Local Plans to be applied. The policies set out in this relevant policies in existing plans will be given should follow the approach of the presumption framework apply to the preparation of local weight according to their degree of consistency in favour of sustainable development so and neighbourhood plans and to development with the NPPF. that it is clear that development which is management decisions. There is a separate sustainable can be approved without delay. waste planning policy statement which remains 3.2 The NPPF All plans should be based upon and reflect in place until the National Waste Management the presumption in favour of sustainable Plan is published. 3.2.1 The National Planning Policy Framework says, development, with clear policies that will guide in Paragraph 7, that there are 3 dimensions how the presumption should be applied locally. 3.1.2 Section 38(6) of the Planning and Compulsory to sustainable development. These are an Purchase Act 2004 requires that economic role (contributing to the economy), 3.2.5 Paragraph 16 says that the application of a social role (supporting communities) the presumption will have implications for “where in making any determination under and an environmental role (protecting and how communities engage in neighbourhood the Planning Acts, regard is to be had to the enhancing the natural and built environment). planning. Critically, it will mean that development plan, the determination shall Paragraph 8 says that these factors are neighbourhoods should: be made in accordance with the plan unless mutually dependent. • develop plans that support the strategic material consideration indicates otherwise.” development needs set out in Local Plans, 3.2.2 Paragraph 9 says that sustainable including policies for housing and economic 3.1.3 The Development Plan for Fylde Comprises development includes making it easier for jobs development; the following: to be created, replacing poor design with better • plan positively to support local development, design and widening the choice of high quality • Saved policies of Fylde Borough Local shaping and directing development in their homes. Plan, adopted May 2003. ie: all were saved area that is outside the strategic elements of except Policy TR9: Car Parking within New the Local Plan; and Developments; 3.2.3 Paragraph 14 says that there is a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan • identify opportunities to use Neighbourhood • Saved policies of Alterations Review to the making this means that: Development Orders to enable developments Fylde Borough Local Plan, adopted October • Local planning authorities should positively that are consistent with their neighbourhood 2005. ie: all were saved except Policy HL1: seek opportunities to meet the development plan to proceed. The Quantitative Housing Issue / Affordable needs of their area; Housing; • Local Plans should meet objectively 3.2.6 Paragraph 17 sets out the core principles of • Saved Policy 29 of the Joint Lancashire assessed needs, with sufficient flexibility to planning: Structure Plan 2001-2016: Sites for Gypsy adapt to rapid change, unless: • be genuinely plan-led, empowering local and Traveller Families, adopted March 2005; people to shape their surroundings, with • any adverse impacts of doing so would succinct local and neighbourhood plans • Joint Lancashire Minerals and Waste significantly and demonstrably outweigh setting out a positive vision for the future of Development Framework Core Strategy the benefits, when assessed against Development Plan Document, adopted the area. Plans should be kept up-to-date, February 2009; and

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 3:1 and be based on joint working and co- including conversion of existing buildings, 3.2.7 In the remainder of the document, the NPPF operation to address larger than local issues. and encourage the use of renewable sets out guidance on plan making and They should provide a practical framework resources (for example, by the development decision taking as well as detailed policies and within which decisions on planning of renewable energy); guidance on the following topics: applications can be made with a high degree • contribute to conserving and enhancing the 1. Building a strong, competitive economy of predictability and efficiency; natural environment and reducing pollution. 2. Ensuring the vitality of town centres • not simply be about scrutiny, but instead be a Allocations of land for development should creative exercise in finding ways to enhance prefer land of lesser environmental value, 3. Supporting a prosperous rural economy and improve the places in which people live where consistent with other policies in this 4. Promoting sustainable transport their lives; Framework; 5. Supporting high quality communications • proactively drive and support sustainable • encourage the effective use of land by infrastructure economic development to deliver the homes, reusing land that has been previously 6. Delivering a wide choice of high quality business and industrial units, infrastructure developed (brownfield land), provided that it homes and thriving local places that the country is not of high environmental value; 7. Requiring good design needs. Every effort should be made • promote mixed use developments, and objectively to identify and then meet the encourage multiple benefits from the use of 8. Promoting healthy communities housing, business and other development land in urban and rural areas, recognising 9. Protecting Green Belt land needs of an area, and respond positively to that some open land can perform many wider opportunities for growth. Plans should 10. Meeting the challenge of climate change, functions (such as for wildlife, recreation, flooding and coastal change take account of market signals, such as land flood risk mitigation, carbon storage, or food prices and housing affordability, and set out production); 11. Conserving and enhancing the natural a clear strategy for allocating sufficient land environment which is suitable for development in their • conserve heritage assets in a manner appropriate to their significance, so that they 12. Conserving and enhancing the historic area, taking account of the needs of the environment residential and business communities; can be enjoyed for their contribution to the quality of life of this and future generations; 13. Facilitating the sustainable use of minerals • always seek to secure high quality design • actively manage patterns of growth to make and a good standard of amenity for all 3.2.8 With regard to Neighbourhood Planning: existing and future occupants of land and the fullest possible use of public transport, buildings; walking and cycling, and focus significant development in locations which are or can be Paragraph 183 says that: • take account of the different roles and made sustainable; and “Neighbourhood planning gives communities character of different areas, promoting the direct power to develop a shared vision vitality of our main urban areas, protecting • take account of and support local strategies for their neighbourhood and deliver the the Green Belts around them, recognising to improve health, social and cultural sustainable development they need. the intrinsic character and beauty of the wellbeing for all, and deliver sufficient Parishes and neighbourhood forums can use countryside and supporting thriving rural community and cultural facilities and services neighbourhood planning to: to meet local needs. communities within it; • set planning policies through • support the transition to a low carbon future neighbourhood plans to determine in a changing climate, taking full account decisions on planning applications; and of flood risk and coastal change, and encourage the reuse of existing resources,

Chapter 3:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 • grant planning permission through 3.2.9 The Government has produced National 3.3.5 All policies in the FBLP were saved, except Neighbourhood Development Orders Planning Practice Guidance to set out its Policy TR9: Car Parking Within New and Community Right to Build Orders for approach to planning. Developments. This policy related to Appendix specific development which complies with 7 which was deleted from the FBLP by means the order. 3.3 The Development Plan of the Alterations Review, and that car parking standards were provided by the adopted Joint Paragraph 184 says that Neighbourhood 3.3.1 The Fylde Borough Local Plan (As Altered) Lancashire Structure Plan 2001-2016. planning provides a powerful set of tools for (Oct 2005) is an amalgamation of two local people to ensure that they get the right documents: Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review, October types of development for their community. • The Fylde Borough Local Plan 1996-2006 2005 The ambition of the neighbourhood should be • The Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations aligned with the strategic needs and priorities Review 2004-2016 3.3.6 The 9 policies introduced in the Alterations of the wider local area. Neighbourhood plans Review were saved until 9th October 2008. must be in general conformity with the strategic In order to retain specified policies in the 3.3.2 The Alterations Review was published due to Alterations Review beyond this date, Fylde policies of the Local Plan. To facilitate this, a number of matters that arose in the period local planning authorities should set out Borough Council were required to seek the leading up to, and since the adoption of the Secretary of State’s agreement to issue a clearly their strategic policies for the area and earlier Local Plan, which argued strongly in ensure that an up-to-date Local Plan is in direction. The Direction under paragraph 1(3) favour of reviewing the housing chapter and of schedule 8 to the Planning and Compulsory place as quickly as possible. Neighbourhood some limited aspects of other parts of the plan. plans should reflect these policies and Purchase Act 2004, in respect of the FBLP, was issued by the Secretary of State on 2nd neighbourhoods should plan positively to Saved Local Plan Policies support them. Neighbourhood plans and October 2008. orders should not promote less development 3.3.3 The current Planning Policy Context (Key • The Fylde Borough Local Plan 1996 – 2006, than set out in the Local Plan or undermine its Saved Policies) is set out on Figure 3 adopted on 19th May 2003, and prepared strategic policies. (overleaf) in general conformity with the Lancashire Structure Plan 1991 – 2006 (LSP); and Paragraph 185 says that outside these Fylde Borough Local Plan, May 2003 • The Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations strategic elements, neighbourhood plans Review 2004 – 2016, adopted on 10th will be able to shape and direct sustainable October 2005, and prepared in general development in their area. Once a 3.3.4 In order to retain specified policies in the Fylde Borough Local Plan (FBLP) beyond 28th conformity with the Joint Lancashire neighbourhood plan has demonstrated its Structure Plan 2001 – 2016 (JLSP). general conformity with the strategic policies September 2007, the Council was required of the Local Plan and is brought into force, to seek the Secretary of State’s agreement the policies it contains take precedence over to issue a direction. The Direction under 3.3.7 All policies in the Alterations Review were existing non-strategic policies in the Local paragraph 1(3) of schedule 8 to the Planning saved, except Policy HL1: The Quantitative Plan for that neighbourhood, where they are and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, in respect Housing Issue/ Affordable Housing. in conflict. Local planning authorities should of the FBLP, was issued by the Secretary of avoid duplicating planning processes for non- State on 18th September 2007. 3.3.8 The Fylde Borough Local Plan remains a strategic policies where a neighbourhood plan relevant policy document where it is consistent is in preparation. with the NPPF.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 3:3 3.3.9 The Local Plan (as altered) sets out the SP15 - British Aerospace Airfield 3.5 Minerals and Waste General Development Principles for Fylde in a series of policies: SP16 - Weeton Camp 3.5.1 The Joint Lancashire Minerals and Waste Local Plan contains mineral and waste SP1 - Development within Settlements: 3.3.10 Subsequent Chapters of the Local Plan deal specific policies for use in determining Establishes the settlement hierarchy, permitting with detailed policies on the following topics. planning applications for waste or quarry development, subject to other plan policies, Where relevant these are dealt with in the developments in Lancashire, including those within the ‘limits of development’ set out on chapters below: areas administered by the Unitary Authorities the Proposals Map. The main concentration of • Housing of Blackburn with Darwen Borough Council development is expected to occur in the urban and Blackpool Borough Council (the Joint Plan area of Lytham and St. Anne’s. • Employment & Industry area). The Local Plan forms part of an area’s • Transportation development plan. SP2 - Development in Countryside • Tourism & Recreation Areas: seeks to restrict development in the 3.5.2 The Minerals and Waste Local Plan contains countryside. • Environmental Protection & Conservation the following documents: • Town Centres & Retail Developments • Core Strategy: Sets out the long-term SP3 - Development in Green Belt: Seeks • Community Services & Infrastructure spatial vision for the local planning authority to restrict development in the Green Belt to area, the spatial objectives, and outlines defined ‘appropriate’ development and in ‘very 3.4 The Emerging Local Plan the strategic policies required to deliver that special circumstances’. vision.

SP4 - Kirkham Prison 3.4.1 The Fylde Borough Local Plan is dated, and • Site Allocations and Development Control work is being carried out on its replacement, Policies: Policies will identify specific SP5&6 - Conversion of Existing Buildings which will look at the period to 2030. Fylde locations for development, any specific Outside Settlements: Sets out the had commenced work on its new Local Plan. requirements for individual proposals, and a circumstances where conversion of buildings A consultation exercise was undertaken over series of criteria-based policies which ensure would be acceptable. summer 2013 on the ‘Preferred Option’ of the that all development within the area meets Part 1 to this Plan which included strategic the spatial vision and spatial objectives set SP7 - Large Developed Sites in Countryside locations for development. out in the Core Strategy.

SP8 - Expansion of Existing Businesses 3.4.2 The Council decided in late 2014 to abandon and Commercial Operations: Sets out the the 2 stage process and instead prepare a criteria for permitting the expansion of existing single Local Plan. The revised Preferred businesses in the countryside. Options Consultation is currently scheduled to commence in late 2015. Consequently very SP9 - Diversification of the Rural Economy little weight can be given to the policies of the emerging plan; they are however indicative of SP10,11 & 12 - Agricultural Workers the direction of Fylde’s policy approach Dwellings

SP13 & 14- Stables and Equestrian Centres, Kennels and Catteries

Chapter 3:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 3.1: Existing Planning Policy Context

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 3:5 3.6 Other Planning Documents 3.7 Key Issues

3.6.1 Fylde Borough Council operates an Interim Housing Policy (Revised 13th February 2013) Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options to inform decisions on planning applications •• Without an up to date Local Plan, there is a risk of speculative for housing. It should be noted that this is an Timescale for adopting planning applications, in particular for housing which will then be informal document and does not form part of subject to appeal decisions. the development plan for the Borough. 1 the emerging local Plan - may extend beyond 2015. •• Potential lack of strategic planning policy context for the Neighbourhood Development plan 3.6.2 Fylde Borough Council has adopted a number of Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) notes, which are not part of the development REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED plan but provide planning guidance and are used in making development management 1. The National Planning Policy Framework – DCLG-2012 decisions. The SPGs relevant to St. Anne’s are: 2. National Planning Practice Guidance-DCLG-2014 • Policy for New Flat Development - June 3. Fylde Borough Local Plan, May 2003 1989; 4. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review, October 2005 • Land at Queensway - January 2000; 5. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options-June 2013 • Windows, Doors and Architectural Joinery - 6. The Joint Lancashire Minerals and Waste Local Plan-Adopted Sept 2013 – Lancs CC February 2003; 7. Fylde Interim Housing Policy (Revised 13th February 2013) • Policy for Shop Front Design Guide - 8. Various Supplementary Planning Documents adopted by Fylde Borough Council: September 2004; • Policy for New Flat Development - June 1989; • St. Anne’s Renaissance Design Guide - September 2004; • Land at Queensway - January 2000; • The Conversion of Fylde’s Traditional Farm • Windows, Doors and Architectural Joinery - February 2003; Buildings - September 2004; • Policy for Shop Front Design Guide -September 2004; • 606 Clifton Drive North (Revised • St. Anne’s Renaissance Design Guide -September 2004; Development Brief) - September 2004; • The Conversion of Fylde’s Traditional Farm Buildings - September 2004; • Extending Your Home - November 2007. • 606 Clifton Drive North (Revised Development Brief) - September 2004; • Extending Your Home (SPD) - November 2007

Chapter 3:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 4

Community Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 4.0 Community Profile Figure 4.1: 4.1 Introduction Comparison of Population Age profile (%)

4.1.1 This section provides a picture of the socio-economic makeup of the St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan (NDP) area today. The data is sourced from the 2011Census data, which provides the most up- to-date and comprehensive material.

Lower Super Output Areas

4.1.2 The information set out in this section is based on data from the 2011 census and collated at the Lower Super Output Area Level (LSOA) which is the most detailed analysis provided by the Census. Figure A4.1 in Appendix 1 shows the 19 LSOAs which best match the NDP area .

4.2 Age and Population

4.2.1 In March 2011 the population of the St. Anne’s NDP area was 27,105 which comprised 35.7% of the total population of Fylde Borough Council. This figure represents an increase of 1362 persons or 5.2% since the previous Census in 2011.

4.2.2 Figure 4.1 shows a comparison of the different age groups within the NDP, as compared to Fylde, and the rest of the country. From this it can be seen that as per the rest of England Source: 2011 Census the majority of the population are within the 4.2.3 However, the percentage of population the 30- 4.2.4 The age profile also shows a lower percentage age groups 30-40, and 45-59 years of age 44 age group is lower than in the rest of Fylde, of younger people (in the age range 0 to 17) (comprising 16.2% and 21.3% respectively). the North West and England, The 45-50 age and a higher percentage of elderly people group is lower than the rest of Fylde but higher (aged 65 and over) than the rest of the Fylde than the North West or England. and England. The mean age of the NDP area population, being 46.6 years of age, compares with 44.9, and 39.3 years of age for Fylde and England respectively.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 4:1 4.3 Household Composition

4.3.1 In March 2011 there were some 13455 households in the St. Anne’s NDP area. Figure 4.2 shows a comparison of the different household types within the NDP area compared to Fylde, the North West and England. From this it can be seen that prevalence of one person households, in particular those aged 65 and above is significantly higher than Fylde and elsewhere. Figure 4.2: Comparison of Household Composition (%)

Source: 2011 Census

Chapter 4:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 4.4 Health

4.4.1 Figure 4.3 shows a comparison of the responses given in the 2011 census to the question relating to health between the St. Anne’s NDP area, Fylde, the North West and England. From this it would appear that a significantly lower percentage of the population described themselves as being in good health when compared to Fylde, the North West and England. There was also a slightly higher percentage of the population of the NDP area describing themselves as in bad health. Figure 4.3: Comparison of Health (%)

Source: 2011 Census

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 4:3 4.5 Occupation

4.5.1 Figure 4.4 shows a comparison of occupations of people in the age groups 16 to 74 in Employment between the St. Anne’s NDP area, Fylde, the North West and England. From this it can be seen that both the NDP area and Fylde have a higher percentage of people who described themselves as being Managers and Directors, Professionals and in Administrative, Carting, Leisure and other service occupations than in the North West and England. Figure 4.4: Comparison of People Aged 16-74 in Employment

Source: 2011 Census

Chapter 4:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 4.6 Industry

4.6.1 Figure 4.5 shows the percentage of residents aged 16 to 74 in employment, by the industry in which they work, for St. Anne’s NDP area, Fylde, the North west and England in 2011. This shows that the highest percentage of people worked in Human Health and Social Work, followed by Wholesale and Retail, fManufacturing, Public Admin/ Defence, and Figure 4.5: Food and Accommodation. Percentage of Residents Aged 16-74 in Employment by Industry Figure 4.4: Comparison of People Aged 16-74 in Employment

Source: 2011 Census

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 4:5 4.7 Qualifications

4.7.1 Figure 4.6 shows the percentage of residents 4.7.2 It has a slightly higher percentage of aged 16 and over by their highest level of population with no qualification (22.7%) qualification. This shows that the population than Fylde (21.2%), and a slightly lower of the St. Anne’s NDP area has comparable percentage of population with the highest level levels of qualifications compared to England of qualification (Level 4 and above) (28.0) as a whole. compared to Fylde (29.8%). Figure 4.6: Percentage of residents aged 16 and over by highest qualification

Source: 2011 Census

Chapter 4:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 4.8 Benefit Dependency

Job Seeker Allowance (JSA) Claimants

4.8.1 Figure 4.7 shows the percentage of residents aged 16-64 claiming JSA in February 2014. This shows that the percentage of JSA claimants in St. Anne’s NDP area was approx 1% higher than the rest of Fylde, but comparable to that for GB.

4.8.2 Figure 4.8 shows the % of the population aged 16-64 claiming JSA within St. Anne’s NDP area in February 2014 (by Ward). This shows the concentration of claimants within the Central Ward. Figure 4.7: Percentage of residents aged 16-64 claiming JSA

Figure 4.8: Percentage of the population aged 16-64 claiming JSA within St. Anne’s NDP Area

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 4:7 Figure 4.9: Job Seeker Allowance by Duration Percentage of residents aged 4.8.3 Figure 4.9 shows the percentage of residents aged 16-64 claiming JSA in 16-64 claiming February 2014 (NOMIS)by duration. This shows that the percentage of long JSA by duration terms JSA claimants (over 12 months) stood at 21.8% of claimants and was slightly higher than for Fylde (21.2%) but lower than that for the rest of the UK (28.8).

Job Seeker Allowance by Age

4.8.4 Figure 4.10 shows the percentage of residents aged 16-64 claiming JSA in Source: NOMIS February 2014 by age. This shows that the percentage of JSA claimants in the St. Anne’s NDP area within the age group 18-24 (23.6%) was lower than Figure 4.10: for Fylde (26.2%) and the UK (25.3%). The percentage of JSA claimants Percentage of within the 50 years and older age group was however, higher in St. Anne’s residents aged (23.5%), than for Fylde (21.4) and the UK (18.3%) reflecting the age profile 16-64 claiming of the area. JSA by age Total Department for Work and Pensions Benefit Claimants

4.8.5 Figure 4.11 shows the percentage of residents aged 16-64 claiming the range of DWP benefits (August 2013 NOMIS). From this is can be seen that the % percentage of claimants is higher in the St. Anne’s NDP area (14.4%) than for Fylde (11.7%), and the UK (13.6). This higher level of claimants may be accounted for by higher levels of JSA/Incapacity Benefit claimants within St. Anne’s NDP area. Source: NOMIS

Figure 4.11: Percentage of residents aged 16-64 claiming the range of DWP benefits Source: NOMIS

Chapter 4:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 4.8.6 Figure 4.12 shows the percentage of residents aged 16-64 claiming the range of DWP benefits within the St. Anne’s NDP area (by Ward). The percentage of claims in the Central Ward is significantly higher than other wards.

Source: NOMIS Figure 4.12: Percentage of residents aged 16-64 claiming the range of DWP benefits

4.9 Indices of Multiple Deprivation 4.9.3 Fylde has 21 wards broken into 51 lower-layer super output areas (LSOAs), of which none are

4.9.1 The Indices of Multiple Deprivation 2010 in the most deprived category and a third of combines a number of indicators, chosen which are in the top third of areas nationally. to cover a range of economic, social and housing issues, into a single deprivation Fylde’s overall rank is 235 out of 326 districts, score for each small area in England. placing it in the top 3rd least deprived This allows each area to be ranked areas. After Ribble valley with such areas relative to one another according to their as Clitheroe, Whalley and Ribchester, level of deprivation. Fylde is placed at the top end of the scale in Lancashire, with the least amount of 4.9.2 The Indices are used widely to analyse deprivation of any kind and the least amount of patterns of deprivation, identify areas that hot spots of deprivation. Similarly, Fylde is 36 would benefit from special initiatives or places higher than the national average. programmes and as a tool to determine eligibility for specific funding streams.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 4:9 Appendix B: The table provides information of the latest Indices of Multiple Deprivation 2010 at ward and lower super output level. 4.9.4 Figure 4.13 shows the 2010 Indices of

Indices of Deprivation National & Local Overall Comparison Deprivation at Fylde Ward and LSOA level. It IMD LSOA IMD 2010 2010 Variance Variance is evident that parts of the Central, Kilnhouse, LSOA CODE Ward National Local Ashton, Fairhaven, St Leonards and Park *High is High is **High is Low is good improve good improve Wards which are within the St. Anne’s NDP are d d E01024994 Fairhaven 31828 -1,876 51 -12 within the 10 lowest ranked LSOAs in Fylde. E01025019 Ribby-with-Wrea 31479 -83 50 -2 E01025016 Park 31096 153 49 2 E01025007 Kirkham North 30819 -899 48 -3 E01025008 Kirkham North 30663 -1,530 47 -1 E01024981 Ansdell 30216 -2,552 46 -4 Fig 4.13: E01024992 Clifton 30083 -337 45 5 2010 Indices of E01025015 Newton and Treales 29239 430 44 0 E01024997 Freckleton East 28957 416 43 -10 Deprivation E01024985 Ashton 28605 -166 42 -10 E01025023 St Johns 28578 40 41 -3 E01025012 Medlar-with-Wesham 28515 -1,000 40 1 E01025010 Kirkham South 28438 -2,994 39 1 E01025018 Park 28005 -658 38 11 E01025021 St Johns 27976 -301 37 6 4.10 Ethnicity E01024991 Clifton 27970 -695 36 -24 E01025000 Freckleton West 27181 -1,783 35 1 E01024983 Ansdell 26466 -631 34 -18 E01024995 Fairhaven 25862 -1 33 -7 4.10.1 Figure 4.14 shows the ethnic make up of the E01024990 Clifton 24817 493 32 -24 E01025029 Warton and Westby 24768 587 31 -1 population of St. Anne’s NDP area in 2011 E01025003 Heyhouses 24323 385 30 1 as compared to the rest of Fylde, the North E01025004 Kilnhouse 24047 1,380 29 -5 E01024993 Elswick and Little Eccleston 23483 1,485 28 9 West and England. From this it can be seen E01025027 Staining and Weeton 23396 -843 27 -7 E01024984 Ashton 23380 -1,582 26 -4 that over 97% of the NDP area’s population E01025028 Staining and Weeton 23238 -1,031 25 10 describe themselves as being of White ethnic E01025022 St Johns 23117 13 24 4 E01025014 Newton and Treales 21455 -858 23 -4 background. E01025026 St Leonards 20960 -1,306 22 -13 E01025005 Kilnhouse 20677 3,214 21 26 Fig 4.14: Ethnicity E01024999 Freckleton West 19879 1,796 20 3 E01024982 Ansdell 18564 983 19 10 E01025002 Heyhouses 17774 1,233 18 -11 E01025031 Warton and Westby 17130 -1,181 17 10 E01025030 Warton and Westby 16783 73 16 1 E01025025 St Leonards 16426 1,894 15 -4 E01024989 Central 16341 -178 14 -8 E01025020 Singleton and Greenhalgh 15544 1,249 13 12 E01025009 Kirkham North 15445 753 12 2 E01025001 Heyhouses 15388 -2,449 11 10 E01024988 Central 14223 -2,556 10 -5 E01025013 Medlar-with-Wesham 13919 1,503 9 4 E01024998 Freckleton East 13259 -1,216 8 26 E01025024 St Leonards 12705 3,805 7 8 E01025017 Park 12430 104 6 12 E01025011 Kirkham South 11553 127 5 -1 E01024996 Fairhaven 9791 1,745 4 -1 E01024986 Ashton 9097 -1,300 3 -1 E01025006 Kilnhouse 5253 1,797 2 8 E01024987 Central 4612 -38 1 0

*32,482 Lower Super Output Areas Key Key (SOAs) in whole of England <3249 Bottom 10% Worse <8121 Bottom 25% Good **Total of 51 Wards in Fylde. In the UK <10720 Bottom 33% there are 326 districts, 36 metropolitan >21439 Top 33% boroughs, 32 London boroughs, 201 non- >24362 Top 25% metropolitan districts, 55 unitary authorities >29233 Top 10%

Source: Fylde Profile 2012; Fylde BC Source: 2011 Census

Chapter 4:10 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 4.11 Potential Population Change

4.11.1 Table 4.1 shows an analysis of potential population change arising from the development of already committed housing sites. This shows that there is the potential for the population to grow by over 16% (excluding any natural population change). The time scale for this change will depend on the buoyancy of the housing market but a change of this scale would have implications for social and physical infrastructure provision and adequacy. This figure does not take account of any further housing allocations which may be made through the emerging Local Plan.

Table 4.1: Analysis of Potential Population Change

Committed Housing Site Total Fylde Average Potential Dwellings Household Size Additional (2011 Census) Population Queen Mary School, Clifton 169 2.1 354.9 Drive South, St. Anne’s Land to rear 11-63 (odds), 70 2.1 147.0 Westgate Road, St. Anne’s Training Centre, St David’s 32 2.1 67.2 Road North, Lytham St Anne’s Land South of Queensway St. 1150 2.1 2415.0 Anne’s Heyhouses Data Systems 335 2.1 703.5 Former Pontin’s Site 348 2.1 730.8 Total 2104 4418.4 St. Anne’s 2011 27105.0 Population Potential Additional 4418.4 Population from committed housing sites Potential % 16.3 Population Change Actual % Population 5.2 Change 2001 to 2011

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 4:11 4.12: Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options

Age Structure:

The current population profile of St Anne’s has a higher percentage of •• Consider specific policies such as Targeted Housing products, community/health 1 people aged over 65 than in Fylde and the rest of England-reflecting facilities the attractiveness of the town as a place to retire. This figure may rise if current population ageing trends continue Potential Impact of Population growth:

Based on current sites with planning permission for housing within the St Anne’s NDP area, there is a potential for the existing (2011) 2 population to grow by 16%, depending on local housing market conditions. This excludes natural population change, further planning approvals and any additional housing allocations identifies through the emerging FBC Local Plan.

REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. 2011 Census - ONS 2. 2010 Indices of Deprivation - DCLG-2011 3. NOMIS - Office for National Statistics

Chapter 4:12 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 APPENDIX 4.1

Ward & Census Lower Super Output Boundaries

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 4:13 Chapter 4:14 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure A4.1: Ward Boundaries

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 4:15 Figure A4.2: 2011 Census-Lower Super Output Area Boundaries

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

Chapter 4:16 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 5

Heritage

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 5.0 Heritage

5.1 Introduction

5.1.1 This Chapter describes the historical development of the Town, and the important Figure 5.1: built heritage legacy which are key elements of the character of St. Anne’s today. St. Anne’s Historic Urban Development The information set out in this chapter is largely taken from the comprehensive study by Lancashire County Council, “Lancashire Historic Town Survey- Lytham St Anne’s” 2006. Peter Shakeshaft’s book “St Anne’s on Sea A History”- 2008 was another important source.

5.1.2 St. Anne’s on the Sea still retains much of its Victorian garden town character of tree-lined streets of detached and semi-detached villas set in extensive grounds. The fine Promenade, spacious ‘Square’ and Ashton Gardens are the town’s most prominent assets.

5.1.3 Figure 5.1 shows the main phases of historical development of St Anne’s. By the 1840’s there had been only scattered and limited rural development; by the 1890’s the core of the resort town had been built; with later phases spreading along the coast and inland. The impact of large scale inter war/ immediate post war (1918 to 1950’s) development can also be seen. St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 5:1 5.1.4 Figure 5.2 shows a series of historic maps Historical Development of St. Anne’s illustrating the growth of St Anne’s. Figure 5.2:

1912-14 1930-33

1955-56 1970-82

Chapter 5:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 5.1.5 Figure 5.3 shows the key Historic Townscape Character areas of the town. The original core areas of middle class housing and commercial core which contribute significantly can clearly be seen. Figure 5.3: St. Anne’s Historic Townscape

1982

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 5:3 5.2 Initial Development of the Town - Late 19th of the Clifton family estate, began to operate railway station which was completed soon after Century a single track railway between Lytham and the hotel. By 1876 an asphalt promenade had Blackpool. It was an essential stage towards been built, 3,000ft in length and 180ft in width. 5.2.1 The land on which the town of St Anne’s now the new town’s creation. In 1870 the Clifton The entire town was planned to be well built stands was, historically, the “West End” of the estate agreed with the railway company where and to cater for the middle classes. ancient Parish of Lytham, where a settlement, a new station should be located to serve a new centred around the present day town of town. 5.2.8 The design quality of the resort was a noted Lytham, had almost certainly existed since selling point in the early twentieth century. In Anglo- Saxon times. The “West End” included 5.2.4 A decision had already been made by the a booklet reviewing Britain’s seaside resorts the hamlet of Heyhouses which was farmed, Clifton family to build a new church in the area it was stated that “the streets are very wide, by the monks of Lytham Priory, from at least to serve the people of Heyhouses, but it seems the property well built and of excellent design” the 14th century. obvious now that it was part of a grand plan (Anon 1906, 179). for the establishment of a new town. On the 5.2.2 As early as 1850 the “West End” was viewed 4th of June 1872 the foundation stone was 5.2.9 Further detailed information on the historic by the squire of Lytham, John Talbot Clifton, laid for this church, which was dedicated to development of St. Anne’s is set out in “St. as land which was ‘the raw material from St. Anne. The church thus provided the name Anne’s on Sea - A History” by local historian which, like the manufacturers, we are bound for the new town. In the same year a road, Peter Shakeshaft (200*) and the study by to get the greatest return’. And, under the the present day Clifton Drive, South, was Lancashire County Council ,“Lancashire guidance of his land agent, James Fair, a new constructed by the Clifton estate. Historic Town Survey Lytham St Anne’s” 2006. town was envisaged. In 1862 James Fair was succeeded, as land agent, by his son, Thomas 5.2.5 Two years later, with the linking of the 5.3 Later Stages of Development Fair. Blackpool and Preston branch lines through Lytham, Elijah Hargreaves, an east Lancashire Inter & Immediate Post War Housing 5.2.3 In the following year (1863), the Blackpool businessman, approached the Clifton estate (1918 to c1950) and Lytham Railway Company, promoted by for the lease of one square mile of land interests favourable to and under the influence focused on the railway to the south-west of the 5.3.1 This character type is spread throughout St. church (Ramsbottom 1998b). In response, Anne’s and mainly comprises large housing John Talbot Clifton gave a lease of 1,100 years estates in St Anne’s. These estates tend to the St Anne’s-on-Sea Land and Building to feature formal layouts of semi-detached Company for the purpose of building a new houses and short rows, all with individual front resort, including a hotel, railway station, pier and rear gardens, although there are examples and promenade. of flats and maisonettes. 5.2.6 The developers were convinced that the new Victorian middle classes, who had become Later Post-War Housing (c1950 to c1970) wealthy as a result of the Industrial Revolution, would want to holiday in and retire to a 5.3.2 Residential development of the 1950s and pleasant resort and set about developing St. 1960s is concentrated in Lytham and is of a Anne’s on the Sea into a planned ‘garden town tremendously varied character. The larger by the sea’. estates form part of the wider twentieth century suburban development of St. Anne’s, and lie 5.2.7 The first building to be erected in 1875 was the adjacent to earlier and later residential areas. St. Anne’s Hotel. This was situated near the St. Anne’sPier

Chapter 5:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 early years of the twenty-first century and 5.6 Listed Buildings 5.3.3 The layouts of the larger estates generally estates may extend beyond the defined survey include long avenues, and house-types tend area. 5.6.1 There are no listed buildings Graded I within to be homogeneous, although areas of semi- the defined urban area of St. Anne’s NDP. detached houses can include small groups that 5.3.5 Some areas represent redevelopment of the are detached and vice versa. Houses built in former sites of industrial premises or terraced 5.6.2 There are 19 Grade II Listed structures within short rows are also present. The detached housing. The larger estates, situated towards the St. Anne’s NDP area as set out in Figure houses are often set close together. Individual the edges of the survey area, tend to be built 5.4 (overleaf) and Table 5.1 (over page). dwellings may have a front and a rear garden, on previously undeveloped land. or may have a garden only to the rear. What it Means 5.4 The Porritt Housing Style Late Twentieth Century Housing (c1970 to 2003) 5.6.3 Listing is not a preservation order, preventing 5.4.1 As part of the masterplan the businessman any change. Listing is an identification stage 5.3.4 There are a number of late twentieth century William Porritt ploughed the profits from his where buildings are recognised as having housing areas in St. Anne’s and these are family’s mills into developing the fine stone- exceptional architectural or historic special found throughout the survey area. Some built residential villas along North Promenade interest, to be considered at the planning stage areas contain detached houses, often quite now known locally as the ‘Porritt Houses”. which may decide a building’s future. close together, whilst others contain a mix of Strict covenants were enforced by the detached and semi-detached dwellings. There Land and Building Company to ensure all 5.6.4 Listing does not mean that buildings cannot are also flats, sheltered accommodation, development was of the highest standard. be altered. Listed building consent must be staggered rows of houses or garaging within obtained in order to make any changes to that these areas. This character type includes 5.4.2 Today, the “Porritt” style has become building which might affect its special interest. areas of very recent development, built in the recognised by locals as a strong, popular high quality architectural vernacular. 5.6.5 Listed buildings can be altered, extended and sometimes even demolished, if the necessary 5.5 Survival consent has been obtained

5.5.1 Much of the nineteenth century development in St. Anne’s has never been affected by redevelopment, although along the sea front it has not fared so well, losing some of its key buildings like the Majestic Hotel (see http:// www.youtube.com/watch?v=E4Jc2H3CqMY). 5.5.2 The quality of the buildings of St. Anne’s has ensured that most have survived. The building stock is generally in a good condition; a facet of the town’s continuing relative wealth. Many of the nineteenth century luxury villas have been converted, however, from private homes to multiple occupancy retirement and care homes or holiday accommodation.

The Porritt Housing Style

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 5:5 Table 5.1: Listed Buildings within St. Anne’s NDP Area 5.7 Scheduled Monuments

Type Status Name PRN 5.7.1 There are no scheduled monuments within St. Anne’s NDP Area. BANDSTAND Listed gd II South Promenade, St Anne’s 18344 BANK 5.8 Conservation Areas Listed gd II Midland Bank, St. Anne’s Road West, St Anne’s 18353 (FINANCIAL) BOUNDARY 5.8.1 There are three conservation areas within the Listed gd II Grand Hotel, South Promenade, St Anne’s 18345 WALL defined urban area for Lytham St. Anne’s (see Figure 5.4). CHURCH Listed gd II Church of St Anne, St. Anne’s Road East, St Anne’s 18351 5.8.2 In St. Anne’s, the area of original development, CHURCH Listed gd II Church of St Thomas, St Thomas Road, St Anne’s 18354 along St. Anne’s Road West, The Crescent and immediate surrounding area forms the Central Listed gd II South Promenade, St Anne’s 18347 Town Centre Conservation Area and comprises mainly shops, along with the St. Anne’s Hotel. HOTEL Listed gd II St. Anne’s Hotel, St. Anne’s Road West, St. Anne’s 8674 5.8.3 The St. Anne’s Road East conservation area HOTEL Listed gd II Grand Hotel, South Promenade, St Anne’s 18346 adjoins this to the north-east, and is made up of the late nineteenth and early twentieth HOUSE Listed gd II Nos 1 and 2, Regent Avenue, St Anne’s 18355 century middle-class houses which line the road, as well as St. Anne’s Church. INSTITUTE Listed gd II Public Library, Lytham Institute and Hewitt Lecture Room 18280 5.8.4 The late nineteenth century area of Porritt LIBRARY Listed gd II District Central Library, No 254 Clifton Drive South, St Anne’s 18343 Houses and Ashton Gardens is also a conservation area, adjoining the commercial Churchyard of Church of St. Anne’s, St. Anne’s Road East, St LYCH GATE Listed gd II 18352 centre to the north-west. Anne’s OFFICE Listed gd II 292-294 Clifton Drive South, Lytham St Anne’s 16333 St. Anne’s Pier, (South West side), South Promenade, St. PIER Listed gd II 3643 Anne’s SHELTER Listed gd II South Promenade, St Anne’s 18348

SHELTER Listed gd II South Promenade, St Anne’s 18349

SCHOOL Listed gd II Queen Mary School, Clifton Drive, Lytham 7941

SHELTER Listed gd II South Promenade, St Anne’s 18350

WAR MEMORIAL Listed gd II Ashton gardens, St Anne’s 18342

Chapter 5:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 5.4: Heritage Assets

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 5:7 What it Means 5.9 Registered Gardens maintained but the general infrastructure requires restoration and repair. It is intended to 5.8.5 Conservation Areas are designated for their 5.9.1 There are two registered gardens within St. fully restore the gardens in line with available special architectural and historic interest, Anne’s both Grade II. These are Ashton resources. The cost of full refurbishment is and special procedures apply to owners who Gardens, laid out in 1874-5, and the considerable and could be undertaken on a want to make changes to their properties Promenade, established as a garden in 1914 phased basis. within these areas in order to help protect its (see Figure 5.4 opposite). character. What it Means 5.9.2 Ashton Gardens has been the subject to Property Alterations: Owners of properties extensive refurbishment and was the recipient 5.9.4 The main purpose of The English Heritage may need permission from the Council before of a significant Lottery Grant in addition to ‘Register of Historic Parks and Gardens of making alterations such as cladding, inserting funding support from the Council. It is also Special Historic Interest in England’ is to windows, installing satellite dishes and supported by the community group, The celebrate designed landscapes of note, and solar panels, adding conservatories or other Supporters of Ashton Gardens. The completed encourage appropriate protection. It is hoped extensions, laying paving or building walls. scheme is an important and integral element that, by drawing attention to sites in this way, of the broader regeneration programme for St. English Heritage will increase awareness of A Council can change the types of Anne’s on Sea. their value and encourage those who own alterations that need permission by making them, or who otherwise have a role in their Article 4 Directions and it is advisable that 5.9.3 The Promenade Gardens, St. Anne’s, occupies protection and their future, to treat these owners contact the Council before making a pivotal position on the sea front and is an special places with due care” (English Heritage arrangements to starting any work. impressive landscape laid out in the late http://www.english-heritage.org.uk/caring/ nineteenth century. It contains open landscape, listing/registered-parks-and-gardens/) Trees: The Council must be notified at least a rockery, grotto and waterfall, formal areas of six weeks in advance of any tree felling or lawn with bedding and a number of artefacts 5.9.5 Registration is a ‘material consideration’ in pruning work. This is to give the Council time including decorative shelters, many of which the planning process, meaning that planning to assess the contribution the tree makes to are listed buildings in their own right. In 2008, authorities must consider the impact of any the character of the conservation area and a restoration and management plan was proposed development on the landscapes’ decide whether to make a Tree Preservation prepared and approved in principle by the special character. Order. Demolition or substantial demolition of a Borough Council. The gardens are very well building within a conservation area will usually require permission from the Council. 5.8.6 Fylde Council is required to prepare character appraisals and subsequent management plans for conservation areas. These are aimed at evaluating their essential characteristics and to subsequently identify future proposals for preserving and enhancing the area. They become important planning documents. None have so far been prepared for the St. Anne’s NDC area.

Chapter 5:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 5.10 Other Evidence Documents of assets and what it is about them that is significant, guaranteeing that strategic 5.10.7 The Localism Act came into force in Planning Policy Context - Heritage Assets local planning properly takes account of the November 2011. The new Act has the desirability of their conservation. potential to increase the role of communities in What the NPPF says determining how planning decisions are made 5.10.5 In dealing with conserving and enhancing the at the local level, including those involving 5.10.1 The NPPF advises LPAs to set out ‘a positive historic environment Paragraph 126 says heritage assets. Communities have the strategy for the conservation and enjoyment that local planning authorities should set out potential to play a key role through preparing of the historic environment’ in their Local in their Local Plan a positive strategy for the neighbourhood plans to establish the general Plan. Emphasis is placed on ‘sustaining conservation and enjoyment of the historic planning policies for the development and use and enhancing the significance of heritage environment, including heritage assets most at of land in a neighbourhood. assets’ and recognising that heritage assets risk through neglect, decay or other threats. In are an ‘irreplaceable resource’ and should be doing so, they should recognise that heritage 5.10.8 The Act also requires local authorities conserved ‘in a ‘manner appropriate to their assets are an irreplaceable resource and to maintain a list of assets of community significance’. conserve them in a manner appropriate to their value that have been nominated by the significance. In developing this strategy, local local community. As long as they meet the 5.10.2 Heritage assets are defined in the NPPF as: planning authorities should take into account: requirements set out in the Act, assets on a • the desirability of sustaining and enhancing local heritage list may also qualify as assets of “A building, monument, site, place, area or the significance of heritage assets and community value. Further information on the landscape identified as having a degree of putting them to viable uses consistent with Localism Act can be found on the Communities significance meriting consideration in planning their conservation; and Local Government web site: http:// decisions, because of its heritage interest”. www.communities.gov.uk/localgovernment/ • the wider social, cultural, economic and decentralisation/localismbill/ “Heritage assets includes designated heritage environmental benefits that conservation of assets and assets identified by the local the historic environment can bring; 5.10.9 The Victoria Pub in St. Anne’s is currently the planning authority (including local listing)”. • the desirability of new development making only registered community asset in Fylde a positive contribution to local character and 5.10.3 Heritage assets not designated under statutory distinctiveness; and 5.10.10 Whilst it is the responsibility of Fylde Borough regimes, but recognised by the LPA as having • opportunities to draw on the contribution Council as the Local Planning Authority to heritage significance, do merit consideration made by the historic environment to the prepare a Local Heritage List, in conjunction in planning matters; with the LPA taking a character of a place. with the Local plan or a Supplementary balanced judgement having regard to the scale Planning Document, however, it is appropriate of any harm or loss and the significance of the for the Neighbourhood Plan to identify potential heritage asset. 5.10.6 Paragraph 127 says that when considering Heritage Assets for consideration by the the designation of conservation areas, local Council, and for such assets to be possibly Local Heritage Listing planning authorities should ensure that an recognised as Assets of Community Value. area justifies such status because of its special 5.10.4 Local heritage listing is a means for a architectural or historic interest, and that Fylde Local Plan (As Altered: October 2005) community and a local authority to jointly the concept of conservation is not devalued identify heritage assets that are valued as through the designation of areas that lack 5.10.11 Local Plan policy seeks to achieve in Fylde distinctive elements of the local historic special interest. Borough the necessary balance between environment. It provides clarity on the location Localism the need for development and the protection

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 5:9 and enhancement of the environment. The will not be permitted where these would be 5.10.19 Policy EP5 says that the total or substantial Borough Council takes the view that the aim prejudicial to the character or appearance of demolition of a listed building will not be should be to achieve high environmental the area. permitted, unless: standards in all built-up areas irrespective of 1. It can be demonstrated by the applicant their planning status. 5.10.17 The demolition of buildings or other built that every possible effort has been made elements will not be permitted where this to continue the present use; and 5.10.12 Policy EP1 says that within the urban areas, would involve the loss of an historic or visually environmental conditions will be maintained important element of townscape except where: 2. No suitable alternative use for the building and improved through the development control including charitable or community use, is 1. The applicant is able to demonstrate practicable; and process. Environmental improvement schemes convincing evidence that all reasonable will be undertaken in the following locations: efforts have been made to sustain existing 3. The building is wholly beyond repair 1. St. Anne’s town centre uses or find viable new uses, including or its demolition and redevelopment 2. Lytham town centre charitable or community uses and these would produce substantial benefits for 3. Kirkham town centre efforts have failed; or the community which would decisively 4. Freckleton village centre outweigh the loss resulting from the 2. The building is wholly beyond economic 5. Wesham town centre demolition; repair; or 6. Elswick village centre 4. A detailed scheme for the redevelopment 7. Designated conservation areas 3. Its demolition and redevelopment would or reinstatement of the site has been 8. Council owned parks and gardens produce such substantial benefits for the agreed and a contract for the carrying out 9. Other environmentally important areas community that these would decisively of those works has been entered into. outweigh the loss resulting from the 5.10.13 Policy EP2 says that development will not demolition; 5.10.20 Policy EP6 says that development within a be permitted upon open spaces, defined on 4. Where the principle of demolition is designated historic park or garden will not be the proposals map, which are considered to accepted by the council, consent to permitted where this would prejudice its quality, be essential to the setting, character or visual demolish will only be given after a scheme character or appearance. Development outside amenities of towns and villages. of redevelopment or restoration has been an historic park or garden which would harm its agreed with the applicant and a contract setting will not be permitted. 5.10.14 Policy EP3 says that new development for the carrying out of those works has within, or affecting the setting of a designated been entered into. 5.10.21 Policy EP7 seeks to avoid that the removal of conservation area will only be permitted where local features of quality or craftsmanship will be the character or appearance of the area, and 5.10.18 Policy EP4 says that changes of use, external avoided. its setting, are appropriately conserved or or internal alterations or additions to a listed enhanced. building, where there would be an adverse 5.10.22 Policy EP8 says that the removal or significant effect on its architectural or historic character, alteration of original or existing shop fronts 5.10.15 Proposed development should be or where the development would prejudice its of particular character and quality will not be appropriately designed and should respect the setting will not be permitted. permitted and encouragement will be given to quality of the total environment including: the their proper repair and restoration. physical setting of the area, settlement form, townscape, the character of buildings and other structures, the character of open spaces, and any views into or out of the area. 5.10.16 The introduction of new uses or buildings

Chapter 5:10 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Development or re-development proposals for d) Developing a Built Heritage Strategy and community groups, amenity bodies and commercial frontages will only be permitted Action Plan for Fylde; individuals might play in the stewardship, where they are compatible with the character e) Undertaking Conservation Area Character promotion and appreciation of the built of the building of which they form a part and Appraisals and Management Plans; heritage of the Borough. are complementary to the street scene in • To draw together a series of key issues general. f) Identifying and adopting a local list of heritage assets; from the Strategy to form the basis of an implementation programme and action plan 5.10.22 Policy EP9 says that advertisement designs g) Developing policies in relation to other to bring about plans, policies and projects will only be permitted where they respect heritage assets. aimed at identifying, protecting, managing, the character and architectural details of the conserving and enhancing the heritage buildings on which they are proposed. The Built Heritage Strategy for Fylde 2014 – 2020 assets of the Borough. proposed signage must respect the character of the building and the surrounding area in 5.10.25 The Heritage Strategy for Fylde was published 5.10.27 The Strategy considers the importance of terms of scale, details, siting and the method in February 2014. It gives a clear indication of heritage and introduces the concept of the of illumination. a potential strategy to meet the objective of ‘heritage asset’. A review of national planning conserving and enhancing the built heritage of policy is undertaken and a resume of the major The Emerging Local Plan St. Anne’s. national amenity bodies – and those of a more local nature – who have a direct interest in the 5.10.23 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred 5.10.26 The objectives of the strategy are stated as: conservation and management of the historic Options paper sets out the following policies environment is set out. The role of the Council, • To bring about an understanding as to why particularly in planning matters, is discussed. relating to preserving and enhancing the built it important to have a Heritage Strategy for environment. The Strategy then reviews the heritage assets the Borough from an economic, social and of the Borough identifying particular issues cultural perspective. 5.10.24 Policy ENV5 - Heritage Assets: says that relating to them. heritage assets within Fylde will be protected • To bring about a general awareness of the 5.10.28 Emerging from this broad review are the and enhanced, in line with the relevant policies meaning of ‘heritage asset’ in the context ‘key themes’ which identify the principal in the NPPF. The Council will protect and seek of the Strategy and to affirm the Council’s issues that the strategy addresses and opportunities to enhance heritage assets, by: commitment to protecting existing and subsequently translates into specific actions potential assets that together will comprise for implementation. a) Safeguarding heritage assets from the built heritage of the Borough. inappropriate development; • To promote a general awareness of b) Supporting development or other legislation, planning policy and the important initiatives that protect and enhance the responsibilities and roles of national bodies local character, sense of place, setting, and organisations in built heritage matters. management and historic significance of heritage assets, with particular support for • To bring about an appreciation of the diverse initiatives that improve any assets that are heritage assets of the Borough and the recognised as being in poor condition; steps needed to create a framework for the protection and conservation of these c) Supporting development which important assets. provides opportunities for learning and regeneration; • To promote community participation in heritage matters, including the role that

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 5:11 5.12 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options •• Update list of ‘listed buildings 1 Listed Buildings: •• Identify’ at risk’ buildings •• Policy to protect the character of listed buildings. Ensuring adequate protection for non-designated heritage assets •• Develop a local list; 2 Should a ‘local list of buildings’ be identified? •• Policy identifying buildings on the list and protecting them. •• Undertake a ‘characterisation study’ of St. Anne’s to assess the potential for new conservation area designations, extensions to existing areas or other amendments to Conservation Areas: boundaries. 3 Are current Conservation Area boundaries correct or do they need •• Consider designation of new Conservation Areas revising? •• Conservation area appraisals and management plans need to be put in place. •• Ensuring that policies are in place that protect the character of conservation areas. Regeneration Schemes: •• Specific policy to protect and secure enhancement for the town centre conservation area Are adequate provisions in place to protect and enhance the conservation area based around St. Anne’s town centre, the management plan should •• Policy requiring potential funding contributions from relevant development proposals specifically include proposals aimed at enhancing the economy, vibrancy through Section 106 contributions 4 and vitality of the centre and include proposals for upgrading and •• Proposal in the Implementation Plan to ensure use of Community Infrastructure Levy managing the public realm. •• Include proposals for the delivery and implementation of a management plan in the How will further public realm improvements in town centre conservation Implementation Plan. areas be funded? •• No action •• Proposal to carry out the assessment in the Implementation Plan •• Specific policy to protect the character of historic parks and gardens Historic Parks and Gardens: •• Proposal in the Implementation Plan to ensure use of Community Infrastructure Levy 5 Ensuring the future preservation and enhancement of historic parks and gardens •• Include proposals for the delivery and implementation of a management plan, including funding arrangements and options in the Implementation Plan. •• No action Archaeological Sites: •• Include specific policy 6 Ensure adequate protection of archaeological sites •• No action Should the NDP identify Assets of Community Value? •• Consider specific policy to identify Assets of Community Value 6 If so, what protection should it give to them? •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding

Chapter 5:12 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Community participation: Work with Fylde Heritage Forum (if set up), local societies, schools and 7 community/voluntary groups to maximise the opportunity for all sections •• Inclusion in implementation plan of the community to actively participate in the development of heritage awareness and inclusion within the development of particular projects. Heritage promotion and publicity: Work with Fylde BC and local societies to develop e.g. guidance notes, exhibitions, heritage open days, web based resources etc •• Inclusion in implementation plan 8 The development of an awards scheme to celebrate high standards of •• Inclusion in implementation plan design and sensitivity within the historic environment or to specific listed •• Inclusion in implementation plan buildings. Consider appointment of heritage champion

REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. Lancashire Historic Town Survey - Lytham St. Anne’s- Lancs CC - 2006 2. Built Heritage Strategy for Fylde 2014-20 (Consultation Draft) 3. The National Planning Policy Framework – DCLG-2012 4. Fylde Borough Local Plan, May 2003 5. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review, October 2005 6. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options - July 2013 7. National planning Practice Guidance-DCLG-204

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 5:13 Chapter 5:14 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 6

Design of the Built Environment

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 6.0 Design and the Built Environment

6.1 Introduction 6.1.4 The agenda is now changing. The Government 6.1.6 To do that we need to change our approach is now committed to good design and to how we develop the built environment in 6.1.1 St. Anne’s is one of the most attractive, sustainable development, in particular response to quality design and sustainable popular places to live in the North West of through the preparation of Neighbourhood construction. England. As one of the key urban centres Development Plans. The creation of quality in Fylde it is facing significant pressures for environments within our towns and cities 6.2 Existing Design Guidance growth. The challenge is how to accommodate where people will want to live is seen as one of new development, whilst at the same time the most important planning goals of Planning 6.2.1 Section 6.3 below describes the existing enhancing the qualities that make St. Anne’s in the 21st Century. (saved Local Plan policies) and emerging Local so attractive. Plan built environment and design related 6.1.5 For its part, St. Anne’s Town Council is policies. These policies are not detailed, and 6.1.2 The issues are not just about how the committed to improving the quality of new are not specifically related to the St. Anne’s town should grow and where and how to development and ensuring that community context accommodate new development, but what safety and sustainability are key considerations will be the impact of this development on the in the design of new places in the town. 6.2.2 The saved policies of the Local Plan are character and appearance of St Anne’s. What This means developing places that are safe, augmented by a number of Supplementary kind of town? What kind of neighbourhood’s attractive, sustainable and well kept. It wishes Planning Documents as described in Table are we creating? Are they safe and attractive? to promote the principles that have worked well 6.1 overleaf (see also http://www.fylde.gov. Do they add to the quality and local character in the past to produce the best and popular uk/business/planning/advice/supplementary- of St Anne’s? Are they sustainable? Are they vernacular architecture and townscape. planning-guidance-supplementary-plan/) well connected to the rest of the town? It is However, the Town Council appreciates that important that new development should stand this desire to promote good design consistent the test of time. with the best from our past, needs to be combined with developing principles which 6.1.3 Over recent decades planning policies allow for genuine contemporary quality and generally across the country have failed innovation and help conserve resources, to prevent standard approaches to new reduce waste and prevent pollution. development, and housing in particular. Developers have tended to adopt homogenous designs which have harmed the intrinsic character of towns across the country. To some degree this has also happened to St Anne’s.

Photo 6.1: The Contrasting Design Qualities of 19th Century and Late 20th Century Architecture

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Table 6.1: Existing Fylde BC Supplementary Planning Guidance Documents 6.3 Planning Policy Context - Design and the Document Specific Date Comments Built Environment Relevance to St Anne’s What the NPPF says Policy for New Flat Borough Wide June 1989 Much of guidance still relevant, but in need of Developments update, including modern presentation, legislation 6.3.1 The NPPF states that: and review of success of implementation of guide. “the Government attaches great importance Land Off Queensway Yes Jan 2000 No masterplan requirement-limited design to the design of the built environment. Development Brief guidance, eg, elevations, materials, road layout. Good design is a key aspect of sustainable Windows, Doors and Borough Wide, Nov 2001 Update needed in respect reference to development, is indivisible from good planning, Architectural Joinery particularly Government Policy (new NPPF) and review of and should contribute positively to making Conservation success of implementation of guide places better for people.” Areas Queen Mary School Yes September Development Complete “It is important to plan positively for the 2002 achievement of high quality and inclusive Policy for Shop Front Borough wide September Still relevant, but would benefit from update design for all development, including individual Design Guide with particular 2004 and review based on review of success of buildings, public and private spaces and wider reference implementation, modern presentation and area development schemes.” to Lytham materials etc. Conservation “Local and neighbourhood plans should Area develop robust and comprehensive policies that set out the quality of development that will St. Anne’s Renaissance Yes September be expected for the area. Such policies should Design Guide 2004 be based on stated objectives for the future of the area and an understanding and evaluation 606 Clifton Drive North Yes September Development Complete of its defining characteristics.” (Revised Development 2004 Brief) Planning policies and decisions should aim to The Conversion of Borough Wide September Much of design guidance still relevant but in need ensure that developments: Fylde’s Traditional Farm 2004 of updating to take account of sustainability issues • will function well and add to the overall Buildings and legislative/ policy changes. quality of the area, not just for the short term Extending Your own Borough Wide Nov 2007 Much of design guidance still relevant but needs but over the lifetime of the development; Home updating to take account of subsequent changes • establish a strong sense of place, using to permitted development/ and sustainability streetscapes and buildings to create issues. attractive and comfortable places to live, work and visit; • optimise the potential of the site to accommodate development, create and

Chapter 6:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 sustain an appropriate mix of uses (including Local planning authorities should have local e) Ensuring densities of new residential incorporation of green and other public space design review arrangements in place to development reflect the character of the as part of developments) and support local provide assessment and support to ensure surrounding area. facilities and transport networks; high standards of design”. f) Ensuring that the amenities of occupiers • respond to local character and history, and of the new development will not be reflect the identity of local surroundings Fylde Local Plan adversely affected by neighbouring uses and materials, while not preventing or and vice versa. discouraging appropriate innovation; 6.3.2 The Adopted Local Plan does not contain any general design policies; it does however detail g) Minimising opportunity for crime and • create safe and accessible environments specific design policies in relation to some of maximising natural surveillance. where crime and disorder, and the fear of the plan topics, such as housing (Policies HL2, h) Providing landscaping as an integral part crime, do not undermine quality of life or HL5 and HL6) and heritage (see above). of the development, protecting existing community cohesion; and landscape features and natural assets, • are visually attractive as a result of good • The Emerging Local Plan providing open space and enhancing the architecture and appropriate landscaping. public realm. 6.3.3 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred i) Making provision for the needs of specific “Local planning authorities should consider Options paper proposes the following policies groups in the community such as the using design codes where they could help relating to preserving and enhancing the built elderly and those with disabilities, in line deliver high quality outcomes. However, design environment. with the Equalities Act. policies should avoid unnecessary prescription j) Conforming to Building for Life 12 or detail and should concentrate on guiding 6.3.4 Policy ENV6 - Good Design in New Development: says that new development will standards for well designed homes and the overall scale, density, massing, height, neighbourhoods. landscape, layout, materials and access be expected to be of the highest standard of design, taking account of the character and of new development in relation generally. 6.3.5 Advertisement designs should respect the Planning policies and decisions should not appearance of the local area, including the following: character and architectural details of the attempt to impose architectural styles or buildings on which they are proposed in particular tastes and they should not stifle a) Siting, layout, massing, scale, design, terms of scale, details, siting and method of innovation, originality or initiative through materials, building to plot ratio and illumination. unsubstantiated requirements to conform landscaping. to certain development forms or styles. It b) Safeguarding and enhancing the built and 6.3.6 The effects of climate change should be is, however, proper to seek to promote or historic environment. mitigated by the incorporation of energy and reinforce local distinctiveness. Although visual water efficiency in new and existing buildings, appearance and the architecture of individual c) Being sympathetic to surrounding land uses and occupiers, and avoiding ‘grey’ water and rainwater harvesting and buildings are very important factors, securing storage for waste and recyclables. high quality and inclusive design goes beyond demonstrable harm to the amenities of the aesthetic considerations. Therefore, planning local area. policies and decisions should address the d) Ensuring parking areas are safe, connections between people and places and accessible and sympathetic to the the integration of new development into the character of the surrounding area and that natural, built and historic environment. highway safety is not compromised.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 6:3 6.4 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options Improving the quality of design in new developments There is no specific up to date sustainable design guide/s to protect and •• Develop a design guide for St. Anne’s enhance St. Anne’s special character covering: • Housing/ New Build and Extensions •• Consider the need for Supplementary Planning documents or heritage based design 1 • Employment/ Commercial guidance • Community facilities •• Adopt a design code for new development and areas of public realm • Public Realm/ street furniture/ Signage •• Masterplanning/design code for all major development • Shop fronts • Car parking •• Adopt a Design code for areas of public realm (include in general design code) 2 Reducing clutter and improve design of street furniture •• Include in design guide for St. Anne’s

REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. Various Supplementary Planning Documents adopted by Fylde Borough Council: • Policy for New Flat Development – June 1989; • Land at Queensway - January 2000; • Queen Mary School-2002 • Windows, Doors and Architectural Joinery - February 2003; • Policy for Shop Front Design Guide -September 2004; • St. Anne’s Renaissance Design Guide -September 2004; • The Conversion of Fylde’s Traditional Farm Buildings - September 2004; • 606 Clifton Drive North (Revised Development Brief) - September 2004; • Extending Your Home (SPD) - November 2007 2. The National Planning Policy Framework – DCLG-2012 3. Fylde Borough Local Plan, May 2003 4. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review, October 2005 5. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options- July 2013 6. The National planning practice Guidelines-DCLG-2014

Chapter 6:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 7

Housing

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 7.0 Housing

7.1 Introduction 90% of the borough’s flatted stock being 7.3 Housing Tenure located within this area. 7.1.1 This chapter sets out information on the 7.2.3 St. Anne’s has a lower percentage of terraced 7.3.1 Figure 7.4 (overleaf) shows housing tenure for existing housing stock (type, tenure, size, housing than Fylde, and very much lower than St. Anne’si n 2011 as compared to Fylde, North occupation and condition) in the St. Anne’s the North West and England. The proportion West England and England. From this the Neighbourhood Development Plan area of detached houses is significantly lower than following key points can be seen: (NDP), on housing market and development in Fylde and slightly lower than in England. • St. Anne’s and Fylde have a much higher trends, on need for both market and affordable The proportion of semi-detached houses is percentage of dwellings owned outright than housing, and on committed proposals for similar to elsewhere. the North West and England; new housing development. Where possible it relates to the St. Anne’s NDP) area but 7.2.4 Figures 7.2. and 7.3 (overleaf) show types • St. Anne’s has a slightly lower percentage of in many cases it makes use of studies of dwelling within St. Anne’s by referring to dwellings owned with a mortgage than the undertaken at the Lytham St. Anne’s, Fylde Census Lower Super Output Areas (LSOA). Fylde, the North West and England; Borough or Fylde coast level which cannot be This shows that LSOAs F004C (Frobisher • St. Anne’s has a higher percentage of private broken down for St. Anne’s. Drive/St. Anne’s Cricket Club area) and F005E rented housing compared to the Fylde, the (Heyhouses Lane/Clifton Primary School area) North West and England; 7.2 Existing Housing Stock have a high proportion of detached houses. • Social renting is much lower in St. Anne’s LSOAs F004A, F004E, F005A, F005C, F006B, and the Fylde than elsewhere in England. 7.2.1 In 2011 there were 14,561 dwellings within F008F and F008G are characterized by a St. Anne’s, comprising 28% of the Fylde semi-detached housing. These lie in the area Borough total. The housing stock had grown between the two detached housing areas, 7.3.2 Figures 7.5 and 7.6 (overleaf) show the significantly over the 10 years since the north and east of the town centre and away general distribution of different forms of previous census, with 2,286 new homes from the coast. housing tenure across St. Anne’s by LSOA. in Lytham St. Anne’s of which 1,412 (62%) From these it can be seen that private were flats, with the rest distributed between 7.2.5 Terraced housing is concentrated in LSOAs ownership (outright or with a mortgage) is the detached, semi-detached and terraced house F005B, F006F (both immediately north-east of dominant tenure in all LSOAs apart from LSOA types (343, 244 and 305 respectively)1. the town centre), F004B and F004E. Flats in F006D (which is the town centre). The levels Further information on recent development in converted and shared houses are even more of privately rented tenure are relatively high St. Anne’s is set out below. concentrated, being found mainly in LSOAs in LSOAs F006C, F006E AND F006G, which F006G, F006D, F006C and F006E, which adjoin the town centre and are characterized 7.2.2 Figure 7.1 (overleaf) shows a comparison cover the town centre and the area to its south by a high proportion of flats in converted and of dwelling types between St. Anne’s, Fylde, and west, including the seafront area. Purpose shared houses. the North West and England as a whole. St. built flats predominate in this area (especially Anne’s has a higher percentage of households F006C and F006E) as well as being numerous 7.3.3 The level of private rented housing has in flats, maisonettes and apartments (both in F004D, F004B, F005A, F006A, F008G and increased significantly (by 1,596 households) in purpose built blocks and in converted or F008D. in the 10 years since the previous census. shared houses) than Fylde, the North West The only other significant change was the and England. The substantial delivery of flats increase in the number of households owning in Lytham & St. Anne’s has resulted in almost their homes outright (367), together with a corresponding reduction in the number of 1-A significant proportion of flats in Lytham St. Anne’s is from con- owner occupiers with a mortgage (419), a version of large period properties.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:1 Comparison of Housing Typology -% of household spaces (2011 Census) reflection of both the ageing population and its Figure 7.1: relative prosperity2. The number of households in social rented accommodation increased by 112 over the 10 year period.

7.4 Housing Size and Occupation

7.4.1 On average, households in Fylde contain 2.76 bedrooms. Property sizes, measured by the number of rooms, have grown on average between 2001 and 2011. In 2011, around 35% of the housing stock contained 4 or more bedrooms, and consequently overcrowding is infrequent, with almost 80% of households under-occupied (often occupied by older couples or single elderly persons).

Owned properties are typically larger, with the rented sector containing a higher proportion

Source: Housing Land Availability (SHLAA 2013) of smaller properties. Lytham & St. Anne’shas a higher than average number of larger Figure 7.2: Dwelling Types within St. Anne’sNDP Area properties (15.8% of all properties have 4 bedrooms and 5.1% have 5 bedrooms or (2011 Lower Super Output Areas) more) and of one and 2 bedroom homes (13.3% and 31.2% respectively), although there is a shortage of 3 bedroom properties (constituting 34.3% compared with 42.6% on the Fylde coast and 41.2% in England).

7.4.2 In October 2013, 688 properties in Fylde had been empty for longer than six months, representing a vacancy rate of 1.6%. 65% of such properties were located in Lytham & St. Anne’s.

7.4.3 The 2011 Census shows that Lytham St. Anne’s contains a relatively high proportion of shared households, 70 in all constituting 14% of all shared households on the Fylde coast.

2-The ageing population is also added to from affluent older people from elsewhere in the north west who come to retire.

Chapter 7:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 7.3: Dwelling Types within St. Anne’s NDP Area (2011 Census Lower Super Output Areas)

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:3 Figure 7.4: Comparison of Housing Tenure (2011 Census) 7.5 Housing Age and Condition 7.5.1 The latest information on house condition of the Private Housing stock in Fylde is set out in the “Private Sector House Condition Survey 2007-Final Report” -September 2008 (FBC). This indicates that the borough has a more modern stock profile than England as a whole. The greatest proportion of dwellings has been built since 1965, with lower than national average levels built before 1965. The private rental sector accounts for the greatest proportion of pre-1919 dwellings.

7.5.2 This study considered house condition against the Decent Homes Standard and Category 1 Hazards and found that: • 34% of homes in Fylde could be classified non decent, which is lower than the proportion in England as a whole (37.5%). • The poor degree of thermal comfort is the Figure 7.5: Comparison of Housing Tenure within St. Anne’sNDP Area primary reason for failure against the Decent Homes Standard. The high level of Category (2011 Lower Super Output Areas) 1 hazards is also related to excess cold3. • Both the pre 1919 and 1965 to 1980 age groups have non decency rates that are above the Borough average. • In terms of private properties not meeting the Decent Homes Standard, the highest score is recorded in the Lytham St. Anne’s Central Ward at 52% followed by the Lytham St. Anne’s South and North areas (both 36%). These figures are affected by the proportion of vulnerable occupiers (i.e. those in receipt of various benefits) in these areas. The Central area is entirely within St. Anne’s and

1. Hazards qualifying as category 1 under the Housing Health and Safety Rating System include those that can cause death, lung cancer, permanent loss of consciousness, 80% burn injuries, the loss of a hand or foot, eye disorders, heart attacks and poisoning. Under the Housing Act 2004, these types of hazard create an obli- gation for local authorities to either force the property to be vacated or to require immediate repair. Chapter 7:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 7.6: Housing Tenure within St. Anne’s NDP Area (2011 Census Lower Super Output Areas)

St.St Anne’s NeighbourhoodNeighbourhood DevelopmentDevelopment Plan

NeighbourhoodNeighbourhood ProfileProfile

Key F004D St Anne’s Neighbourhood F004B Development Plan Boundary

Lower Super Output Areas F005A F004C where % of households owned outright or F004A mortgaged predominate F005D

Lower Super Output Areas F005C where % of households F004E privately rented predominate F006A F006B F005E Lower Super Output Areas F006F F005A with a relatively high % of F005E F005D privately rented households (>39%) F005B Lower Super Output Areas F006C F006D with a relatively significant % of socially rented households (>20%) F008G F008F F006E

F006G

F008D Not to Scale

N F008E

Crown Copyright and database right (2014) Licence No: 100006084

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:5 so is most of the North area. Only a small • Although Fylde had a moderate population 7.7 Housing Market Trends part of the South area (part of Fairhaven growth between 2001 and 2011, there was Ward) is within St Anne’s. a significant (7.8%) increase in the number 7.7.1 The SHMA found that there has been a • Category 1 hazards are more strongly of households, up by 2,516; this is reflected decline in housing market activity since associated with privately rented in the smaller average household size which 2007 but that house prices are high in Fylde, dwellings than other tenures. The highest went down from 2.19 to 2.12, a faster rate relative to the rest of the Fylde Coast, with concentration of properties having category than seen nationally. properties on average invoking a premium of 1 hazards was in Lytham St. Anne’s Central • Around 60% of residents also work in Fylde, at least £40,000 over comparable properties area, where the rate is 27%. while 80% work within the Fylde Coast. elsewhere. Lytham St. Anne’s has some of the Outside of this area Lancaster and Preston highest house prices on the Fylde coast with 7.6 Demographic and Economic Trends are important employment destinations for a median house price of £175,000 (between Fylde residents. March and July 2013) being approximately the 7.6.1 The Fylde Coast Strategic Housing Market same as Garstang and exceeded only by two • Between 2001 and 2011, 530 (1.2%) jobs rural areas (rural east and rural SW) where the Assessment (SHMA) Final Report (Feb were lost in Fylde, with over 7,200 job 2014) describes the following: market information was skewed. The prices losses in the manufacturing sector in the are even higher than other rural areas where • The population of Lytham St. Anne’s has borough. There has, though, been growth in there is a predominance of detached housing grown by 2,279 (5.5%) between 2001 and professional and other service activities, as and significantly exceed the Fylde coast 2011, contributing all but 260 of the 3.5% well as accommodation and food. median price of £120,000. The lower quarterly population growth in Fylde. Over this ten • Despite net job loss, unemployment is of prices in Lytham St. Anne’s is also high with year period, there has been a consistent relatively low, compared to the other Fylde a price of £125,0000 compared to the Fylde level of net in-migration, both internal and Coast authorities. coast figure of £87,500 and exceeded only by international, masking decline caused by Garstang and the rural areas. natural change, although international • Forecasts are consistent in anticipating net migration has fallen since 2007. job creation between 2011 and 2030, with the creation of between 990 and 2,807 jobs. 7.7.2 These high prices are evident in all house • Fylde has the strongest migratory The latter forecast expects further growth types in Fylde, with even terraced houses and relationship with Blackpool, with a net inflow in the professional, scientific and technical flats being sold at relatively high prices. of residents from the authority across all activities sector, as well as retail, allied to age groups; there are also strong links with further job losses in manufacturing. These 7.7.3 Rental market values are also relatively high Wyre and Preston; migration patterns show a forecasts do not take into account policy and in Fylde, but nevertheless lower than the retention of people in all age groups with the strategic objectives such as employment national average. The median rent for all exception of a loss of 15-19 year olds where creation associated with the Enterprise Zone properties in Fylde is £550 per month and the there is a significant outflow. at Warton. lower quarterly rent is £450 per month. A one bedroom property in Fylde has a median rent • Fylde’s population profile shows a relatively • Residents of Fylde have the highest average old population with a loss of 30-39 year olds of £400 per month, while 4 bed plus properties household income of the Fylde Coast have a median rent of £995. in the last 10 years; it is expected to see authorities, with benchmarks indicating that a further significant increase in the older property remains among the least affordable population over the period to 2030. in the area across all tenures and sizes.

Chapter 7:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 7.8 Recent Development Trends 7.8.2 Of the 16 sub-areas in the Fylde coast SHMA, 7.8.4 The table shows that housing development Lytham St. Anne’s has seen the greatest has reached a low in the last three years and 7.8.1 The SHMA states that Fylde has on average absolute change in housing stock over the that the highest level of development was delivered 200 net dwellings per annum over inter-Census years with the creation of 2,286 experienced in 2002-03, 2004-05, 2007-08 and the 10 year period 2003/04 to 2012/13. Unlike household spaces, reflecting the town’s growth 2008-09, with an average of about 21 dwellings the other two Fylde coast authorities, Fylde and especially the increase in flats, with over being built each month in these years. The has returned to pre-recession house building 95% of Fylde’s new flats being in this sub area, first 6 years of the decade were characterized levels, with the completion of 162 dwellings many of them in St. Anne’s. by a large amount of development on both in 2012/13 surpassing the 142 dwellings brownfield and greenfield land, the latter delivered in 2003/04. Between the 2007/08 7.8.3 Fylde’s Housing Land Availability Schedule mostly accounted for by one large (32 hectare peak and the most recent figures in 2012/13, sets out what growth has occurred and the site) which was begun in 1999 (application ref Fylde has experienced a 60% reduction in net following information for Lytham St. Anne’s in 5/96/0814) and produced over 600 houses. completions, greater than the other two Fylde Table 7.1 is extracted from it. Further analysis After that date there was hardly any greenfield coast authorities; but this was from very high would be required to break this down into the development, presumably as a result of the levels of building in 2007-8 (394 dwellings) and figures for St Anne’s. moratorium on new development included in 2008-9 (305 dwellings). Between 2003/04 and the local plan as a result of over- provision 2011/12, the proportion of housing delivered in relation to regional planning targets. by conversions in Fylde ranged from 5% in Instead this encouraged even higher levels 2006/07 to 26% in 2007/08. On average, over of brownfield development, mostly for flats. this nine year period, 14% of net housing It should also be noted that a substantial completions in Fylde are attributable to proportion of new housing comes from small conversions. sites and from conversions and changes of use.

Table 7.1: Housing Completions in Lytham St. Anne’s2001-2013 01-02 02-03 03-04 04-05 05-06 06-07 07-08 08-09 09-10 10-11 11-12 12-13 01-13 Gross Total 147 276 139 235 109 145 292 271 133 166 36 72 2021 Dwelling Losses 2 0 6 6 19 1 12 36 41 97 8 7 235 Net Total 145 276 133 229 90 144 280 235 92 69 28 65 1786 Monthly Average 16 22 11 19 8 12 23 20 8 6 2 5 11.5 Gross Total New Flats 47 140 131 79 49 126 171 149 39 84 16 0 1031 Gross Total on Small Sites 58 114 44 134 44 27 65 57 53 25 9 2 632 Gross Total from Conversion/ 31 22 15 33 20 6 61 30 44 31 5 47 345 Change of Use Brownfield completions (net) 97 180 40 130 51 76 280 235 92 69 28 62 1340 Greenfield completions (net) 98 96 93 99 39 68 1 0 0 0 0 3 497

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:7 7.9 Housing Needs 7.9.4 However, a simple apportionment of this type However, for these to be considered further, is an over-simplified approach in that it does additional work would be required on the 7.9.1 The SHMA report includes a detailed analysis not take account of the specific characteristics economic prospects of the authorities, of modelling undertaken to understand the of St. Anne’s, such as the need for affordable particularly Blackpool, and the impact of the potential changing future housing needs housing and for smaller and specialist units to spatial delivery of employment opportunities.” across the Fylde Coast and within the cater for an ageing population. Indeed it might individual authorities, linked to the key drivers be argued that St. Anne’s is not an appropriate 7.10 Affordable Housing Needs of the housing market. This takes account basis for such an assessment since it does not of considerations in the NPPF and the then constitute a stand-alone housing market area 7.10.1 The SHMA states that “There is a significant emerging NPPG, as well as other available or sub-area and that it can only be considered level of demand for non-market housing in the guidance to assessing ‘objectively assessed in the context of the wider area, be that Lytham Fylde Coast, as evidenced by waiting list data. need’ (PAS/LGA, 2013). These include: St. Anne’s, Fylde Borough or the whole Fylde This relates primarily to higher proportions • the implications of changing population coast. Only in this way can it be ensured that of lower income households, particularly in growth based on demographic factors and the neighbourhood makes its appropriate urban areas, in the context of rising prices and historic trends; contribution to the social and economic needs rents. This has been further compounded by of the area. the impact of the recession, with subsequent • the impact of employment change on future reductions in income and job losses.” migration and population growth or decline; 7.9.5 This is a complex matter as illustrated by • market signals, including the scale of the the SHMA when discussing where within the 7.10.2 The SHMA found that there is an estimated need for affordable housing and how this above range the objectively assessed housing need for 203 affordable homes per year in aligns with the overall scale of need; and need for the Borough and the sub-region Fylde, with the majority of this need located • that need should not be constrained by should be set. The SHMA states that: in Lytham & St. Anne’s. There are currently supply or capacity factors. 138 households on the housing register in “Due to the complexities of the housing market priority need for affordable housing across 7.9.2 In line with these considerations, the SHMA and the various factors and assumptions which in Fylde, again concentrated in Lytham & St. presented a range of potential dwelling feed into the modelling of future needs, there Anne’s. These include households classified requirements linked to demand generated from is no single number which can be identified as homeless or in temporary accommodation, household growth. These take account of a as conclusively representing the objectively but exclude existing social tenants requesting range of factors identified as having a direct assessed housing needs within the Fylde a transfer from their current social dwelling. bearing on the establishment of the objectively Coast. The scenarios of population and assessed needs for housing across the Fylde household change in the SHMA represent a 7.10.3 283 (gross per year) households will require Coast. This gives an objectively assessed range of alternative futures based upon the Affordable Housing over the short-term (five need for between 300 and 420 dwellings per application of alternative assumptions relating years) in Fylde. This does not, however, annum in Fylde. to the housing market demand and need. They take account of the supply of stock to absorb assume that the current economic profile will demand. The housing needs analysis 7.9.3 A simple apportionment pro-rata to existing remain unchanged, in terms of labour force undertaken for the SHMA indicates that Fylde dwellings (28%) would put objectively and commuting rates. will need to provide for a net annual Affordable assessed need for St. Anne’s at 84 to 118 per Housing Need of 207 dwellings per annum. annum, or 1260 to 1770 dwellings over a 15 Therefore, alternative scenarios were year plan period. considered to illustrate the impact that 7.10.4 In order to meet the level of affordable housing adjusting these assumptions would have. need in full within a five year time horizon, the rate of development would need to far exceed

Chapter 7:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 any single year’s provision as seen over the • Households with support needs – a strategic leaving. Young working people find it difficult last ten years. This is extremely unlikely to be approach will be necessary to ensure that to afford owner occupation and require some realised, and therefore this level of provision the continued needs of households with lower cost housing for sale. High cost areas should not be reasonably expected to be support needs including those with a learning increasingly become enclaves of the old and delivered, although the private rented sector difficulty and age related support requirement wealthy, reducing the viability of local services does play an important role in absorbing are met, with sufficient capacity for specialist and community life. affordable need. accommodation where required; • Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling Show 7.12.4 The major growth in house prices and rents 7.10.5 The analysis in the SHMA has shown that, people – the Fylde Coast authorities have since 2000 has far outstripped income growth, currently and in the short-term, while a large commissioned a separate study which will making housing less affordable to local people, proportion of need can only be addressed consider the specific needs of Gypsies, especially in Lytham St Anne’s. In the long through traditional social housing, there are a Travellers and Travelling Show People. term, there remains an underlying trend of a number of households in need who could have lack of sufficient housing to meet total demand their needs met in other ways. These could 7.12 Other Evidence Documents from households, suggesting a continuing long include a limited role for various ‘Intermediate’ term trend of price rises. housing products, providing an important Fylde Housing Action Plan 2010 step onto the housing ladder in the future. 7.12.5 The supply of social housing properties falls far However, the traditional shared ownership 7.12.1 This presents a vision for Fylde linked to the short of demand. Fylde has a very small social model is favourable as delivery would reduce Fylde Coast Housing Strategy 2009. The vision housing stock at 6% of all and the demand the reliance on social rented housing. This for Fylde is developed around the latter’s for social housing is currently very high. The must be balanced with the challenging viability themes of Quantity, Quality and People and amount of properties required to fully meet of delivering this product, due to low value includes the following relevant issues: the current priority needs for social rented returns. housing can never be provided but the work to Quantity deliver more affordable homes, meeting clear 7.11 Specific Housing Needs needs for social renting, will continue. With 7.12.2 In respect of Lytham St. Anne’s the issues are: limited options available the housing benefit 7.11.1 Specific housing needs identified in the SHMA subsidised private rented housing stock plays are: • The need to provide a broad mix of housing a large and increasing role in housing people • Older people – the population of 65+ types within larger new developments; on low incomes. residents is expected to grow, with increases • Some low cost housing for sale; of 41.2% in Fylde from 2011 to 2030. There • High need for social rented housing; Delivering appropriate, high quality, new is particular proportional growth forecast in developments that support economic the 85+ age bracket, which will necessitate • Maintain and expand upon the upturn in the prosperity and high quality of life the provision of specialised accommodation. provision of new affordable housing; The tenure of older persons housing also • Priority for social rented homes is for more 2 7.12.6 An appropriate balance of new housing provides an indication of the kind of housing bed and larger homes; development is needed in terms of quantity, required, with older persons typically opting location and types of units, while enabling to own their own home – at a higher rate than 7.12.3 In Fylde it is difficult for local people on modest high quality design, so that the developments seen nationally. There is also a lower level of incomes to be able to afford to buy or rent a contribute to prosperity and quality of life for reliance on the social rented sector for older suitable home. These problems especially decades to come. The Local Authority has persons’ accommodation, although there are effect young people looking for their first a critical role to play in setting clear policies more instances of private renting; home, exacerbating the trend of young people and standards, and actively promoting high

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:9 quality development. The introduction and use People There is a lack of specialist accommodation for of effective planning policies is a key priority, many of these groups. We need to determine informed by an understanding of long term Meeting the growing and changing housing the type of specialist support required and goals, the local economy, demographics, and support needs of older people the extent to which this should be based on the local housing market. specialist accommodation and then address 7.12.12 Fylde has an old and ageing population, and the current under-provision. 7.12.7 Actions relating to affordability will not only this has a significant impact on housing market include a commitment to the provision of trends. Older people are a highly diverse Meeting the needs of young people more affordable homes through the planning group, with very different levels of health, system, through RSLs and the HCA, but also incomes, integration within local communities, 7.12.16 Helping meet the needs of young people runs to working with local communities, landowners work, locations and housing conditions. This through all aspects of the People theme. A key and local charitable trusts to develop affordable variation means that provision of housing issue for Fylde is the recognition of the specific housing for local people. options will have to be equally varied, and housing needs of economically active young consider the requirements of older people who people. Delivery on this aspect will be through Quality are active as well as those who are relatively the Quantity theme of the action plan, as frail. Irrespective of people coming to the area well as through the delivery of homelessness 7.12.8 Concentrations of deprivation on social to retire, the number of older people is set strategies and appropriate access to social housing estates and in Central Ward St Anne’s. to grow significantly as people generally live housing. longer. 7.12.10 One of the two most significant concentrations Strategic Housing Land Availability of deprivation and highest turnover on social 7.12.13 Services to deliver physical adaptations for Assessment (SHLAA) March 2012 housing estates is found in Kilnhouse Lane St. older and disabled people and assist with Anne’s, where there are still major challenges repairs play a valuable role in helping people 7.12.17 The SHLAA examines the amount and location to improve the neighbourhood environment. to lead independent lives within their own of land which is potentially suitable for housing Actions are to be developed as part of the work homes. However, a significant minority require development over the next fifteen years. It is on Area Delivery plans with partner RSLs. specialist accommodation. very important to recognise that the SHLAA is not in itself a plan or policy document and 7.12.11 Central ward St. Anne’s remains a priority to 7.12.14 These needs are changing over time because will have limited weight within the planning help deliver one of the key aims of the shaping of local population dynamics, but also because application process. In particular, the inclusion the place project, namely to improve the quality of changing preferences and the development of a site as ‘developable’ in the SHLAA does of the housing stock, working with Houses of new models of support. Actions include not necessarily mean that it will obtain planning in Multiple Occupation (HMO) landlords supporting the provision of more housing permission for housing. The SHLAA identifies to improve standards in Central ward. with care and determining the need for other potential sites for housing in St. Anne’s in the Further developments on actions relating to specialist accommodation options. form of: neighbourhood renewal will be influenced by • Sites within settlements; decisions on the roll- out of the shaping the Lack of specialist housing and support for place project. “socially excluded” groups • Redevelopment of redundant and vacant employment sites; 7.12.15 Helping people with chaotic lives, such as • Settlement extensions; those with drug and alcohol misuse problems, • ‘Suitable’ sites which are subject to offenders, and mental health issues is constraints and recommendations to essential to underpin objectives live reducing overcome identified constraints. crime and increasing economic prosperity.

Chapter 7:10 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 7.12.18 These sites are listed in Appendix 7.1 to this Table 7.2: Strategic Housing Sites with Planning Permission (31st December 2013) Chapter. It should be noted that not all sites with a SA prefix in the SHLAA are within the NDP area. These have therefore been excluded from the list.

7.12.19 Some of these sites already have planning Plan Ref Location Net No of Dwellings Area Site (ha approx) of Type App. App. Ref. Pl. Affordable Dwellings to be provided Comments permission. Indeed, in defining what should be Queen Mary 163 dwellings complete included in the 5 year land supply, the SHLAA School, Clifton 03/0157 Yes Com- A 169 2.9 Full 6 dwellings under construction/not start- sets a very high test, requiring sites to have Drive South, St. 08/0539 muted sum ed planning permission. There is substantial case Anne’s law to say that this is not necessary and that Land to rear 11-63 12/499 is for an extension of time for 08/0992 a land allocation in an adopted or submitted B (odds), Westgate 70 0.9 Full 30% 08/0992 which has been approved 12/0499 Local Plan together with substantial progress Road, St. Anne’s pending a Section106 agreement. towards implementation is sufficient. Training Centre, O/L 09/0502 100% RSL C St David’s Road 32 0.6 Full 12/0537 scheme 7.12.20 Excluding sites for 5 or fewer dwellings (in North, St Anne’s accordance with Fylde’s methodology) and Land South of O/L 08/0058 completions, the SHLAA contains suitable, D Queensway, St. 1150 36 RM 13/0257 0% - 10% See above deliverable and currently developable sites for Anne’s 2,460 dwellings in St. Anne’s, of which 1,787 O/L 12/0465 Outline for 335 dwellings (12/0465). Electronic Data already have planning permission. Full 13/044813 Reserved matters for 162 dwellings & E Systems, 335 7.3 10% Full /0635 food store (13/0448). Hey-houses 7.13 Current Housing Land Availability A3/A4 Public house (13/0635) Two outline applications approved for 7.13.1 There are several large housing sites with Former Pontins up to 275 and up to 73 dwellings. Re- 10/0877 planning permission within the NDP area, with F Site, Clifton Drive 348 15.6 O/L 30% served matters application submitted 08/1049 a permitted capacity of 2,168 net of existing North and withdrawn for 238 dwellings in rela- dwellings. These are set out in Table 7.2 and tion to 08/1049. illustrated on the map in Figure 7.7. One Conservative Club 20 dwellings complete site (Queen Mary School) is nearly complete site, 353 Clifton 08/260 14 dwellings under construction/ not but has been included to give a full picture. G 34 0.25 Full No Drive North / 11/0312 started Excluding dwellings completed, outstanding St Georges Road planning permissions on large sites have an The Gables, 35-39 see com- Purchase of 12 open market properties, approved capacity of 1985 dwellings. H 19 0.13 Full 05/0648 Orchard Road ments refurb and disposed to RSL 7-8 St Georges 5% contri- I 11 0.09 Full 10/891 Square bution Total For Large 2168 Sites Total For Large Sites, excluding 1985 completions

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:11 Figure 7.7: Major Housing Development Proposals

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

Chapter 7:12 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 7.13.2 The largest site at Queensway has outline of the needs of the residential and business 7.14.5 Paragraph 50 says that to deliver a wide permission for 1,150 dwellings. A reserved communities. It further advises that planning choice of high quality homes, widen matters application (13/0257) has been should encourage the effective use of land opportunities for home ownership and create received for Phase 1 for 110 dwellings, by reusing land that has been previously sustainable, inclusive and mixed communities, which includes a new roundabout access developed (brownfield land), provided that it is local planning authorities should: from Queensway. The application has been not of high environmental value. • plan for a mix of housing based on current deferred, at Development Management and future demographic trends, market Committee (22/01/14) for applicant and 7.14.2 Paragraph 47 says that to boost significantly trends and the needs of different groups in Natural England to resolve ecological matters. the supply of housing, local planning the community; The Queensway development is to fund the authorities should ensure that their Local Plan • identify the size, type, tenure and range Heyhouses Link road to the M55 through a meets the full, objectively assessed needs for of housing that is required in particular Section 106 agreement containing triggers for market and affordable housing in the housing locations, reflecting local demand; and construction of phases of the road as dwellings market area; identifying key sites which are are built. critical to the delivery of the housing strategy • where they have identified that affordable over the plan period; identify and update housing is needed, set policies for meeting 7.13.3 In addition there are some 28 small sites with annually a supply of specific deliverable sites this need on site, unless off-site provision or a total capacity of 41 dwellings gross (23 net over the plan period; for market and affordable a financial contribution of broadly equivalent of existing dwellings). Of these 6 proposals housing, illustrate the expected rate of value can be robustly justified. for flats would provide 19 dwellings. The rest housing delivery through a housing trajectory are sites for individual dwellings. Full details for the plan period and set out a housing 7.14.6 Paragraph 51 says that local planning of these sites are given in Appendix 2 to this implementation strategy for the full range of authorities should identify, and bring back into Chapter. housing describing how they will maintain residential use, empty housing and buildings delivery of a five-year supply of housing land to in line with local housing and empty homes 7.14 Planning Policy Context - Housing meet their housing target; and set out their own strategies and, where appropriate, acquire approach to housing density to reflect local properties under compulsory purchase powers. What the NPPF says circumstances. They should normally approve planning applications for change to residential use and 7.14.1 Paragraph 17 of the NPPF lists as one of 12 7.14.3 Paragraph 48 advises that local planning any associated development from commercial core planning principles that planning should authorities may make an allowance for windfall buildings (currently in the B use classes) proactively drive and support sustainable sites in the five-year supply. where there is an identified need for additional economic development to deliver the homes, housing in that area, provided that there business and industrial units, infrastructure and 7.14.4 Paragraph 49 says that housing applications are not strong economic reasons why such thriving local places that the country needs. should be considered in the context of development would be inappropriate. Every effort should be made objectively to the presumption in favour of sustainable identify and then meet the housing, business development. Relevant policies for the supply 7.14.7 Paragraph 52 advises that the supply of and other development needs of an area, and of housing should not be considered up-to- new homes can sometimes be best achieved respond positively to wider opportunities for date if the local planning authority cannot through planning for larger scale development. growth. Plans should take account of market demonstrate a five-year supply of deliverable signals, such as land prices and housing housing sites. 7.14.8 Paragraph 53 says that local planning affordability, and set out a clear strategy for authorities should consider the case for setting allocating sufficient land which is suitable for out policies to resist inappropriate development development in their area, taking account of residential gardens.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:13 Fylde Local Plan infrastructure provision for affordable housing, 6. In respect of proposals involving 14 or less public open space and public realm. The dwellings the Council will negotiate for a 7.14.9 The Fylde Local Plan (As Altered) (2005) IHP operates an urban and a rural option. financial contribution of 5% of the open advises that Fylde is a popular area in which The Urban Option applies in St. Anne’s. This market value of each dwelling towards to live and consequently there is high pressure states that planning permission for residential the facilitation of affordable housing within for housing development in the Borough. Its development will be granted subject to all the the borough. Financial contributions will popularity arises from the attractive nature following criteria: not be sought in respect of affordable of the Borough, its proximity to large centres 1. The application site is within the dwellings and conversions to dwellings of of employment and services, its relatively settlement boundary as defined in the spaces above existing premises in defined buoyant economy and good communication Fylde Borough Local Plan (As Altered) town centres; links. The Borough and in particular Lytham (Oct 2005); 7. In respect of proposals of 15 or more St. Anne’s is also very popular for retirement 2. The application site is not designated for dwellings, the Council will negotiate for which has been reflected in the high level of 30% of the dwellings to be affordable retirement flat development. other purposes or protected by policies in the Local Plan; unless the developer can demonstrate by means of verifiable evidence that the 7.14.10 Policy HL2 outlines the criteria against which 3. In respect of greenfield sites, the applicant development would not be viable with that housing proposals allowed under PoliciesHL1 is able to show that there is a need for the percentage. Normally, all the affordable will be considered. development of the site (i.e. that there is units should be provided as socially rented less than a 5 year supply of land within homes through a named Registered 7.14.11 (Policies HL3 and 4 relate to rural areas and the borough as a whole and that the Social Landlord (RSL); are not relevant to St. Anne’s). application under consideration would not increase the supply beyond 7 years); 8. Whilst the priority will nearly always be to provide social rented housing (consistent 7.14.12 Policy HL5 sets out the criteria for considering 4. The development of the site would not planning applications for house extensions. with the findings of the Fylde Housing significantly harm the character of the Needs and Demand Study of January settlement or any other planning interest; 7.14.13 Policy HL6 deals with design and says that 2008, and the Fylde Coast Strategic well designed housing schemes which respect 5. In respect of proposals involving 10 Housing Market Assessment) an element the character of the area and provide an dwellings or more, where appropriate, the of intermediate affordable housing may be attractive, safe and crime free environment for mix of housing types, sizes and tenures appropriate (subject to it being provided residents will be permitted. Proposals which reflects local housing requirements, and at genuinely affordable rents and prices) involve poor designs and/or layouts which is consistent with the findings of the where the development is: would prejudice the character of the area or Fylde Housing Needs and Demand Study • in an area that already has a high public safety, or increase the potential for crime of January 2008, and the Fylde Coast proportion of socially rented homes such will not be permitted. Strategic Housing Market Assessment. that this would not be the priority for Interim Housing Policy The Council will encourage the provision provision; of low cost market housing as part of the normal mix of market housing. • for 100% affordable housing and is 7.14.14 The Interim Housing Policy (IHP) was adopted either submitted by a Registered Social on 28th July 2008, as an informal policy Landlord or has financial support by the document. It is a material consideration for Housing Corporation. the determination of planning applications for new housing. Guidance is included in the IHP to inform discussion and negotiation for

Chapter 7:14 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 The Emerging Local Plan 7.14.18 A sustainable approach to housing will be 7.14.21 Policy H1 - Density, Mix and Design of taken. This will: New Residential Development: says that 7.14.15 In common with many local authority areas, 1) improve access for all to well designed, densities of new residential development Fylde has witnessed a reduction in housing good quality, affordable and resource will reflect the character of the surrounding completion rates and rising house prices. efficient homes across the Borough; area. Residential development within Fylde Even with falling house prices, housing prices Borough will normally have a minimum remain significantly high in relation to incomes. 2) meet the specific housing needs of all density of 25 dwellings per hectare (dph) net, There are widening disparities between the sections of the community (including subject to specific issues relating to the site. areas with the highest house prices, such as affordable, special needs housing and Densities of less than 25 dph net will only be Lytham, and parts of St. Anne’s which contain the needs of gypsies and travellers) by permitted where special circumstances are homes in multiple occupation and are in the providing the right housing type and mix demonstrated. Higher densities (40- 60 dph bottom ten percent nationally in relation to the to secure sustainable communities and to net or more) will be expected on sites with Indices of Multiple Deprivation. Fylde does not improve housing choice. In particular, to good access to public transport facilities and have a history of industrialisation and there is, provide more homes suitable for families; services. When considering a proposal for therefore, a lack of brownfield land, resulting in 3) bring forward a flexible and responsive higher density development, the Council will a requirement to develop some greenfield sites supply of housing land and buildings in seek to ensure that there is no unacceptable for housing. sustainable locations to meet housing impact on local infrastructure or highway requirements; safety, and that adequate open space and car 7.14.16 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred 4) make the best use of previously parking can be provided. The achievement of Options paper sets out the following policies developed land and buildings, subject higher density should not be at the expense of relating to Housing. to appropriate site investigation and good design or the amenity of the occupiers remediation where required, to reduce the of the proposed or existing neighbouring 7.14.17 Strategic Objective 1 is: To Create Sustainable loss of greenfield land. properties. Communities. It says that all development will be located in sustainable locations in order to 7.14.19 Policy SL1 details strategic locations for 7.14.22 A broad mix of dwelling types, sizes and minimise the use of private transport and avoid development in Lytham St. Anne’s, namely tenures, including private rented and buy- to- areas at risk of flooding. New development (see Figure 7.7): let, will be required on all large housing sites will follow sustainable design principles and of over 100 units to reflect the demographics incorporate sustainable building practices by H1 - Land at Queensway of the Borough as set out in the Fylde Coast reducing carbon emissions, maximising water Strategic Housing Market Assessment and waste efficiency and ensuring that they H2 - Land West of North Houses Lane (SHMA). Homes that are affordable to people are resilient to the effects of climate change. H3 - Land North of Moss Hall Lane working within the local community, and those Previously developed sites will be used in H4 - Former EDS Site, Heyhouses Lane with strong links to the local area, will be preference to greenfield and the quality of encouraged in order to promote the vitality of the openness of the Green Belt maintained. 7.14.20 Policy SL2 details strategic locations for local businesses and community life. Developer contributions will be used to ensure development in the ‘Blackpool Periphery’, development is in line with the objectives of including housing development at the former 7.14.23 To reflect the demographics of the Borough, sustainable development. Pontins Holiday Centre. specialist retirement accommodation will be permitted if a need is demonstrated within or adjacent to a town centre or strategic location for development, where a range of services is available. This should conform to other policies within the Local Plan.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:15 7.14.24 On smaller sites of under 100 units the 7.14.30 Policy H2 - Conversions and Change of 7.14.34 The Council will take account of viability when Council will require a mix that makes a Use to Residential: says that conversions assessing individual schemes. positive contribution to the vitality of the local and change of use of redundant buildings to community. In St. Anne’s 2-3 bedroom family residential use will be permitted where the 7.14.35 Policy H4 - Gypsies, Travellers and homes with private amenity space should be Council has identified a need for additional Travelling Show people’s Sites: says that included in the mix, as there is a lack of family housing through the Strategic Housing Market planning applications will be permitted where accommodation within the existing stock. Area Assessment or other later evidence. stated criteria can be met. When considering proposals for residential 7.14.25 Conversion of traditional homes to flats and conversions, careful attention should be 7.14.36 Policy H5 - Isolated New Homes in the apartments will be resisted in the Lytham and paid to the amenity of nearby residents, the Countryside: says that isolated new homes in St. Anne’s seafront area. character of the immediate area, access to the the countryside will only be permitted in certain nearest services, parking provision and design. stated circumstances. 7.14.26 When considering proposals for residential Residential conversions should protect existing development on garden land, stringent caveats amenity space and should not result in any will be applied relating to design, character, of the homes relying on what was previously access, amenity and other issues deemed a front garden for all of their private amenity appropriate by the local authority. Development space. on garden land should not result in any of the homes relying on what was previously a front 7.14.31 Policy H3 - Affordable Housing: says that all garden for all of their private amenity space urban market housing schemes of 15 homes or more and rural market housing schemes of 7.14.27 Design of new residential development will 4 homes or more will be required to provide a be assessed against paragraphs 56-68 of the minimum of 30% affordable housing, subject NPPF, Policy ENV 6: Good Design in New to viability testing. Normally this housing Development and Building for Life 12. As should be provided on site. For residential a minimum, all new housing developments developments within or adjacent to the urban should meet the Homes and Communities areas, including St. Anne’s, the provision of Agency ‘Design and Quality Standards’ which affordable housing will be to meet borough are currently in force. wide requirements.

7.14.28 Within new developments of more than 15 7.14.32 The Council will usually expect the following: homes, at least 25% of market homes should be built to the Lifetime Homes Standards as Tenure - the majority of affordable housing set out in the Code for Sustainable Homes, provided on a particular scheme should unless it is demonstrated that this would render comprise 2 and 3 bedroom social rented or the development unviable. affordable rented homes, with the remainder intermediate. 7.14.29 Community Self Build schemes will be encouraged and the Council will reserve the Lifetime Homes – 25% of all affordable homes right to refrain from requesting developer will be built to Lifetime Homes standards contributions for these developments, in order (these will be in addition to the 25% of market to promote their viability. homes as required by policy H1).

Chapter 7:16 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 7.15 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options

1 Number of Houses Needed To establish the amount of housing required and assess whether any further land allocations are necessary given the substantial amount of existing planning permissions. •• There is already sufficient land to meet local needs, but the NDP must be in general conformity with the emerging Local Plan, which includes 1.1 Consideration would need to be given to how to establish the total housing requirement two further sites for new housing. for the Neighbourhood over the plan period. Is St. Anne’s a meaningful area in which to •• Possible conflict with Fylde BC Emerging Local Plan assess housing need? Is it appropriate to merely apportion the assessed need for the Borough (from the SHMA) pro rata to the existing population? Are existing commitments meeting needs both from within and from outside St. Anne’s? Is it appropriate to do so? If so, to what extent? There is a need to determine a trajectory of housing provision over the plan period so that St. Anne’s needs are met as well as making a fair contribution to those of the wider area throughout the plan period. •• The situation seems more extreme because FBC have gone from a 1.2 Should the plan seek to allocate land for housing to meet wider needs in the Fylde moratorium on building, to now having a large increase. Coast area? Consider the potential for additional housing to facilitate a more sustainable community, e.g. could additional housing pay for/ bring forward key infrastructure? The plan could consider whether allocations should be made on larger sites (to the east of the town or at Blackpool Airport or on a number of smaller sites. What is the nature of the housing need over the plan period? What type of housing, 1.3 size and tenure is required? Is there a need for a local housing survey to establish this? •• Allocations policies are being changed to favour working families. If so, how will it find out needs in 10-15 years’ time? •• Little scope in the plan other than identifying new housing allocations 1.4 Addressing high house prices and in addressing affordable housing needs (see below) 2 Type of Housing Needed Affordability for home buyers, especially young people / first time buyers who can be •• Good design is no more expensive than bad design. 2.1 out-competed by older people / those with existing equity, including people moving into the area for the first time. •• Influencing the prices would mean involvement at a very early stage.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 7:17 •• There are more over 60s since the last census so demand is greater Rising needs of the large population of older people for level access homes and 2.2 for these types of property. adaptations as mobility deteriorates, and for specialist housing with support. •• Specify support needs – not just elderly, also adults in general. The range of homes available is skewed towards large houses, and smaller flats, with relatively few medium sized family homes A shortage of 3 bed houses has been •• Can specific areas in which flat development could be restricted be 2.3 identified. identified? - YES Have too many flats been provided in development over recent years. Should such development be restricted in future? •• “Fylde Borough Council should address homelessness issues” statement to be put in neighbourhood plan. •• Stigmas of hostels being provided as residents don’t want them near Localised deprivation and concentrated poor conditions in parts of the Central ward of 2.4 them. St. Anne’s. Relatively high number of shared households. •• Homelessness to be referred to the Community Health theme group. •• Restriction of number of takeaways, betting shops and charity shops to be referred to Economy theme group. Over-dependence on private rented sector. High cost of privately rented •• A landlords’ accreditation scheme was suggested for the Town Council 2.5 accommodation. Increase in this form of tenancy. Lack of social rented housing. to work with FBC in adopting it. However the Town Council does not Housing benefit changes likely to increase problems have the resources to pursue this. Challenge to improve thermal efficiency and property conditions in the existing housing 2.6 stock, including the relatively large private rented sector which has worse conditions on average than other forms of tenure •• Hard to identify empty homes due to high level of private landlords. 2.7 Relatively high number (688) of long term vacancies (Empty properties). •• Possible overlap with Fylde BC 2.8 Improving the quality and design of new housing •• High value placed on heritage in our town. Location of new housing 2.9 New Housing should be met through mix of high quality brownfield and edge of settlement developments •• Site already has PP for housing. Could request Fylde Bc to use S215 2.10 Unsightly appearance of Pontin’s Site (Existing planning permission for housing) powers to improve appearance?

REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. 2011 census 2. Private Sector House Condition Survey 2007-Final Report 6. NPPF 3. The Fylde Coast Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA) Final 7. The Fylde Local Plan (As Altered) (2005) Report (Feb 2014) 8. Fylde BC Interim Housing Policy 4. Strategic Housing Land Availability Assessment (SHLAA) Oct 20123 9. The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred Options Paper - July 2013 5. Fylde Housing Action Plan 2010 Chapter 7:18 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 APPENDIX 7.1

Residential Planning Permissions

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan APPENDIX 7.1: Residential Planning Permissions at 31 March 2013 (including loss of residential) (Housing Land Availability Study - base date 31 March 2013)

Site No. Location Previous Use Proposed Use No. Dwellings Gross Existing Dwellings No. Dwellings Net Dwl. Compl. Gross Dwl. Under Const. Gross Dwl. Not Started Gross Site Area App. of Type App. Planning Ref. Brownfield Greenfield Affordable Dwellings to be provided? Large Sites 03/157 1A439* Queen Mary School, Clifton Drive South School Flats/Houses 169 0 169 163 6 0 2.87 Full B Yes C/S 08/539 1A594* The Gables, 35-39 Orchard Road Hotel Flats 19 0 19 0 19 0 0.13 Full 05/648 B Yes H/U 353 Clifton Drive North/St Anthony’s House, Conservative Club/ Apartments / food- 08/260 Yes - 1A658* 34 0 34 0 34 0 0.25 Full B St Georges Road Vacant Offices store/ Cons Club 11/0312 CS 08/992 1A677 Land to rear 11-63 (odds), Westgate Road Houses Houses/Flats 72 2 70 0 0 72 0.88 Full B Yes 12/499 Former Pontins Holiday Camp, Clifton Road 08/1049 Holiday Camp Houses 348 0 348 0 0 348 O/L B North 10/0877 1A755 7-8 St Georges Square House Apartments 12 1 11 0 0 12 0.093 Full 10/891 B Yes 1A760 7-8 St Georges Square House Apartments 12 1 11 0 0 12 0.093 Full 10/891 B Yes 0% - 1A782 Land South of Queensway Land Houses 1150 0 1150 0 0 1150 35.7 O/L 08/0058 G 10% Employment Land/ Yes - 1A783 Electronic Data Systems Heyhouses Houses 335 0 335 0 0 335 7.28 O/L 12/465 B Buildings 30% Total For Large Sites 2171 3 2168 163 59 1949 Small Sites 03/0144 Yes - 1A364 76 North Promenade, Land House/ Curtilage 1 0 1 0 1 0 0.1 Full 04/0246 G CS 07/187 1A385 22 All Saints Road Guest House House 1 0 1 0 1 0 0.02 Full 03/0568 B No 04/1198 1A441 Moss View Farm, Queensway, St. Anne’s House Replacement House 1 1 0 0 0 1 0.015 Full 08/336 B No 11/116 05/360 1A552 3 St. Davids Road South Flat Flat 1 1 0 0 1 0 0.018 Full B No 07/673 1A645 117 Heyhouses Lane House Replacement House 1 1 0 0 1 0 0.075 Full 07/1078 B No 1A679 26 St Davids Road South 2 Flats 1 Flat 1 2 -1 0 0 1 0.02 Full 09/0086 B No 1A685 18 Fairhaven Road 2 Flats 1 House 1 2 -1 0 1 0 0.074 Full 09/469 B No 1A720 271 Clifton Drive South 1 House Care Home 0 1 0 0 0 0 0.09 Full 10/0185 B No 1A721 25 Park Road Flat 1 0 1 0 0 1 0.034 Full 10/0067 B Yes /CS

Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Site No. Location Previous Use Proposed Use No. Dwellings Gross Existing Dwellings No. Dwellings Net Dwl. Compl. Gross Dwl. Under Const. Gross Dwl. Not Started Gross Site Area App. of Type App. Planning Ref. Brownfield Greenfield Affordable Dwellings to be provided? 10/380 1A734 37-39 St Andrews Road South Restaurant 5 Flats 5 0 5 0 5 0 0.104 Full B Yes /CS 12/630 14-16 St Andrews Road South & 2-4 Wood 1A736 2 Flats 2 0 2 0 0 2 0.025 Full 10/0076 B Yes /CS Street 1A737 16 St Georges Road Office 3 Flats 3 0 3 0 0 3 0.03 Full 10/478 B No 1A757 357 Clifton Drive North Garages Mews House 1 0 1 0 0 1 0.02 Full 11/0027 B Yes 1A758 28 Derbe Road Holiday Flats Perm Flats 4 0 4 0 4 0 0.028 Full 11/0149 B No The Mews Cottage, Back 373 Clifton Drive 1A759 C3 Dwelling 1 1 0 0 0 1 0.007 Full 11/225 B No North 08/455 1A785 Leach Lodge Farmhouse, 102, Leach Lane Land Dwelling House 1 0 1 0 1 0 0.086 Full G Yes /CS 12/506 1A787 31 Wood Street 1st & 2nd Floors Flats 4 0 4 1 3 0 0.024 Full 11/229 B No 1A788 41 Clarendon Road Dwelling Replacement House 1 1 0 0 0 1 0.057 Full 11/758 B No 1A789 35 Bromley Road Shared House Flats 3 1 2 0 3 0 0.023 Full 12/319 B Yes/CS 1A790 4 North Houses Lane Land Dwelling House 1 0 1 0 1 0 0.028 Full 11/266 G No Land between 48 to 50 St Patricks Road 1A792 Land Dwelling House 1 2 -1 0 0 1 0.061 Full 12/632 B No South 1A799 40 Heyhouses Lane 2 Flats Dwelling House 1 1 0 0 0 1 0.088 Full 12/655 B No 1A801 2 Sandgate Dwelling Replacement House 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.054 Full 12/673 B No 1A802 21 Derbe Road and 11 Alexandria Drive Flat Pharmacy 1 2 -1 0 0 1 0.072 Full 12/692 B No 1A803 1 Links Gate Flats Dwelling House 1 2 -1 0 0 1 0.072 Full 12/692 B No 12/526 1A805 Rear of 4 Curzon Road Offices Dwelling House 1 0 1 0 1 0 0.021 Full B Yes/CS 12/254 1A807 20 Lightburne Avenue Flat 2 Flats 2 1 1 0 0 1 0.025 Full 5/13/50 B No Total for Small Sites 41 19 23 1 23 16 Total For All Sites 2212 22 2191 164 82 1965

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 APPENDIX 7.2

SHLAA Sites within the St. Anne’s NDP Area

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan APPENDIX 7.2: Sites Within The Settlement Unsuitable Deliverable/ Committed / Complete SA25 Land rear of 18, 20 & 19 Lancaster Avenue, 7 BP03 Pontins Holiday Centre, Clifton Drive North, 348 SA75 Land east of Queensway Industrial Estate, Queensway, 82 SA50 Electronic Data Systems (EDS), Heyhouses Lane, 250 SA78 Playing Fields, Blackpool Road North, St Anne’s 183 SA69 Land rear of Pilling Avenue & Grassington Road, 31 complete SA83 FBC Depot & LCC Waste Recycling Centre, Snowdon Rd, 23 SA32 353 Clifton Drive North & St Anthony’s House, St Georges Road, 34 20 complete SA65 Queen Mary School, Clifton Drive South, 169 163 complete Small Sites SA66 The Gables, 35-39 Orchard Road, 19 SA01 Land rear of 52 Highbury Road East, 1 SA02 Land rear of 52 Leach Lane, 1 SA03 Land rear of 60-70 Blackpool Road North, 2 Developable SA04 Land rear of 2 Walter Avenue, 2 BP02 Council Car Park & Airport Parking Site, SA06 Land east of 37 Knowles Road, 2 rear 11-63 Westgate Road, 72 SA07 Land east of 70 Glen Eldon Road, 2 SA05 Land rear of 3-17 Heyhouses Lane, 8 SA08 Land adj Keenans Mill, Lord Street, 2 SA09 Depot, St Davids Road North, 26 SA14 Warehouse, Avon Street, 2 SA10 Fairways Garage, Heeley Road, 20 SA15 Land rear of 18-24 Fairhaven Road, 3 SA12 Town Hall, South Promenade, 12 SA16 Land adj. 133 St Andrews Road South, 1 SA13 Public Offices, Clifton Drive South, 14 SA17 Land between 5 & 5a Beauclerk Road, 3 SA23 Land adj. Links Grange, Greenways, 8 SA18 208 Road East, 4 SA39 Former Kwik Save, St Davids Road South, 32 SA19 Land between 54 & 56 Heyhouses Lane, 3 SA43 60 & 62 North Promenade, 7 SA22 Land rear of 24 Gisburn Avenue, 1 SA46 157 & 159 Inner Promenade, 6 SA24 Land rear of 33 & 35 Haymarket, 2 SA57 7 Links Gate, 9 SA28 Clinic, Back Headroomgate Road, 5 SA70 Newfield House, 5 Fleet Street 7 SA29 Land between 54 & 58 Dorset Road, 2 SA76 Lytham Delivery Office, 270 Clifton Drive South 7 SA30 Land rear of 39 & 41 Boston Road, 2 SA33 31 St Davids Road South, 1 228 SA34 50 North Promenade, 4 Not Currently Developable SA35 Training Centre, corner St Albans Road/Sefton Road, 4 BP01 Land off Bridgeside, 13 SA36 Land north of Preesall Close, 4 SA11 Beach Car Park, Clifton Drive North, 19 SA37 Land west of Preesall Close, 1 SA80 YMCA, St Albans Road, 16 SA38 Land adj. 11 & 12 Nateby Close, 1 complete SA82 Victoria Hotel, Church Road, 40 SA40 Goodwins Garage, 1-5 St Albans Road, 3 SA41 155 St Andrews Road South, 4 SA42 58 North Promenade, 4 Redundant/Vacant Employment Sites SA44 17 Links Gate, 2 SA75 Land east of Queensway Industrial Estate, Queensway, SA45 Land rear of 8 Moorland Road, 1 (EMP1) 82 SA47 Allotment gardens, rear of 1-13 Blundell Road, 4 SA83Pt Queensway Industrial Estate, Queensway, (EMP2) 23 SA48 Land rear of 182 St Albans Road, 1 SA49 136 St Albans Road, 1 SA58 17 Durham Avenue, 2

Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 SA59 32 Derbe Road, 2 Settlement Extensions SA60 70 Walter Avenue, 1 SA61 Rear of 33 St Andrews Road South, 1 Committed SA62 67 Clarendon Road, 1 SA51 Land at Queensway, 1150 SA63 Rear of 111 Church Road, 1 SA64 Land to side of 43 & 45 Boston Road, 2 Potentially Suitable SA67 CMVU Depot, Heeley Road, 5 SA54 Land west of North Houses Lane, 340 SA71 Vogue Nightclub, Back West Crescent, FY8 1SQ 1 SA72 Rear of 12 Curzon Road, 1 Unsuitable SA73 357 Clifton Drive North, 1 SA52 Moss View Farm, Queensway, 97 SA74 199 Heyhouses Lane, 1 complete SA53 Land north of Queensway, 146 SA79 Land rear of 116 Headroomgate Road & adjacent SA77 Land west side of Leach Lane, 139 3 Kilnhouse Lane, 1 SA88 Land corner of Division Lane & Queensway, 12 SA81 61A St Patricks Road North, (Adj. 27 Ryeheys Road) 1 SA84 Land between 48 & 50 St Patricks Road South, Lytham 1

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 8

Economy

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 8.0 Economy

8.1 Introduction such as the Enterprise Zone at Warton has meant people are more likely to travel Blackpool International Airport , Whitehills further to meet their shopping needs, which 8.1.1 This Chapter examines the current economic and Westinghouse, could provide extensive has resulted in retail centres facing increasing and employment situation in the study area employment opportunities and support growth competition from neighbouring centres. The and identifies key economic sectors and in other parts of Fylde. growth of out-of-town centres and the rising drivers. It reviews the wide range of existing level of internet shopping have also increased economic strategies and policies, and identifies 8.2.4 Councils must support and encourage competition. potential key economy issues which the NDP economic growth including the provision, could address. initially through planning policy, of sufficient 8.2.7 St. Anne’s is a well maintained and vibrant employment land and premises. This must centre with a strong convenience base, 8.2 Existing Employment Overview be of the right scale, type, location, be readily reflected in a relatively high localised available for development and be well related convenience goods retention rate. In the 8.2.1 The Fylde Council area is relatively affluent to the strategic or local highway network comparison goods sector clothing and with little evidence of deprivation. Skill according to the nature of the site and the footwear are slightly under-represented and levels are above wider area averages and a function of the settlement. Fylde BC now there are a number of charity shops. comparatively high proportion of people work have an up to date Employment Land Review in professional occupations. (2012). Within the Fylde Coast area there is 8.2.8 Unfortunately, sites such as the former Pontins a recognised shortfall in employment land, Leisure complex have been lost to tourism 8.2.2 Manufacturing accounts for over 30% particularly in Blackpool and hence Fylde (74 jobs) and will become residential, and the of employment in Fylde, with advanced is proposing to meet the shortfall. Duty to current redevelopment of the EDS Heyhouses manufacturing a particular strength through cooperate between the 3 authorities will be site will see a further loss of employment/ aerospace and nuclear fuels processing. The required to ensure an employment strategy offices to retail and residential. Closure of the area also contains growth orientated service and policies which reflect the needs and Island Site (entertainment complex) located on sectors, such as computer and business aspirations of the sub region. the seafront at St Anne’ s saw the loss of 24 services, alongside the traditionally strong jobs and is the main undercover leisure facility sectors of tourism, agriculture and the rural 8.2.5 Within the NDP area the key employment in St Anne’s. economy. Since 1999 Fylde has experienced activities include as illustrated in Figures 8.1 employment growth of 12.7%, exceeding and 8.2: Blackpool Airport and associated national and regional comparisons over this business parks; Queensway Industrial Estate; 8.3 Proposed Improvements period. Unemployment is currently low, with a town centre retail; and the tourism economy. claimant count rate of 2.1%, the second lowest Whitehills Park is sub regional priority site and 8.3.1 The Enterprise Zone at Warton, only 6.5 miles in Lancashire, and relatively low levels (11.3%) is located just outside the NDP area at the end from the NDP area, will be a major investment of the working age population claim out of work of the M55. priority and opportunity for the local area, benefits. The Borough has none of the high creating new accommodation and jobs. levels of deprivation seen in some areas in 8.2.6 Retail is an important part of the Fylde Lancashire. economy. As town centres provide employment 8.3.2 Whitehills (Industrial) Park, just outside the and a centre for leisure, cultural and social NDP area is earmarked for further expansion 8.2.3 Along with Wyre and Blackpool, Fylde is part activities, the range and quality of the retail and investment and access will be further of the Fylde Coast Sub-region and there offer can contribute directly to the vibrancy improved as a result of the M55 Heyhouses are strong commuting flows between the of town centres and affect their vitality and link road. three areas. Strategic employment sites, viability. Increased mobility and car ownership

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 8:1 Figure 8.1: Key Local Employment Sites/Economic Drivers

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

Chapter 8:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 8.2: Major Sub Regional Employment Sites/Economic Drivers

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 8:3 8.4 Evidence Documents economy, access and transportation and resorts of St. Anne’s and Lytham, the attractive develop high level actions to address the major market town of Kirkham and the picturesque 8.4.1 There is a wide range of economic strategies issues affecting the Fylde Coast. villages. and action plans available affecting the Fylde coastal area and with some impact on the NDP 8.4.5 The coast is split into 6 zones, Zone 2 cover 8.4.8 The Local Plan is designed to enable area. A brief summary of each is included St Anne’s. Following a review of the Coastal appropriate development and flexibility below. resorts of the NW in 2003 a number were for leisure, culture and tourism operators identified as ‘regional gems’, and worthy of so that they can invest in or respond to 8.4.2 In general the strategies recognise the the accolade of the ‘Classic Resort’, and these changes in visitor and leisure preferences, importance of major employers in the local included St. Anne’s and Lytham. The Classic whilst protecting the primary holiday areas area such as BAE Systems and Westinghouse Resort prototype was due to be trialled in St. and seafront locations in order to maintain and Fylde’s strategic importance in linking the Anne’s through funding from the former North the character and appearance of this conurbations of Blackpool and Preston. Fylde West Development Agency (NWDA) but the predominantly tourist area. Fylde offers a provides a key role in supporting the economic Agency was wound up in 2012. The Lytham more traditional, low key tourist offer than its development of Blackpool, through ongoing St. Anne’s 2020 Vision document contains a neighbouring resort of Blackpool. Whilst its development at major employment sites such methodology as to how the concept could be offer is different from Blackpool, there are as Whitehills Park and Blackpool International taken forward, which would be a unique way obvious mutual benefits for the wider Fylde Airport. Whitehills Park and (land around) of devising a Quality Accreditation scheme for coast through the greater range of destination Blackpool Airport are the main sub-regionally/ a resort. This idea is considered to be worthy types and experiences on offer. regionally significant employment areas within of developing along with the local business the Borough. Other office and industrial sites community to result in a ‘Classic Charter’ 8.4.9 St. Anne’s as a traditional seaside town is cater primarily for the needs of local firms. Both which sets out how this quality offer would be perfect for young families and discerning St. Anne’s and Lytham (along with land off the developed and implemented. It is considered visitors who want a more serene break than M55, close to the Blackpool boundary) are a that there could be significant marketing offered by its neighbour Blackpool. focus for development in Fylde Borough. potential attracted by this idea and ultimately significant economic benefits. 8.4.10 There is potential to build upon the rural 8.4.3 22 existing business and industrial areas are tourism economy and develop greater links identified in the Local Plan and these are 8.4.6 With regard to tourism and the visitor economy with other areas. There are aspirations to focused in St. Anne’s, Lytham and Kirkham but the masterplan identifies the key issues of develop the Ribble Coast and Wetlands there are also a number of edge of settlement protection of the coastal gem; maintaining area into a Regional Park and, of particular and rural employment areas, many in use by a vibrant retail sector; promoting the Green importance to Fylde, to develop the Coastal single large employers. tourism offer; restoration of history and Parkway. The Coastal Parkway will develop heritage assets; offering something different new opportunities for local people, visitors Draft Fylde Coastal Masterplan – Fylde BC to Blackpool but similar to Wyre; and poor rail and businesses to benefit from the area. (2014) transport links. The Lytham and St. Anne’s 2020 Vision and St. Anne’s Seafront Master Plan set out the 8.4.4 The purpose of the plan is to collate and 8.4.7 Leisure, culture and tourism make up an Council’s leisure, culture and tourism proposals coordinate all current strategies and policy important industry in Fylde, accounting for 1 in for Lytham and St. Anne’s, including the objectives for coastal protection, water quality, 10 jobs. The Borough attracts over 3m visitors Classic Resort concept. The Coastal Parkway nature conservation, habitat improvement each year, generating nearly £220m spending Masterplan is also emerging for the coastal and landscape enhancement, conservation of in the local economy through a total of 4.25m strip from Starr Gate to Freckleton Marshes. the built and natural heritage, culture, leisure tourist days. More than 75% of these visitors sport and recreation, tourism and the visitor are day-trippers to the traditional seaside

Chapter 8:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 8.4.11 The key actions are: to maintain a vibrant, 8.4.13 Retail Study – 2013 Update (Peter Brett Booths following the closure of its store in St diverse visitor economy; and to work in Associates) Annes Town Centre. There may therefore be partnership with Visit Lancashire. a future qualitative requirement for additional Fylde currently has a requirement for an convenience goods floorspace within St Annes 8.4.12 In terms of implementation for St. Anne’s Town additional 3,369 sq.m of comparison goods Town Centre to support its vitality and viability. Centre the document sets out the key projects. sales area floorspace in the period to 2030. It recognises that it has been the subject of This leads to negative requirements for new In terms of comparison goods, St Annes was a significant regeneration programme over sales floorspace in the period up to 2021 considered to be slightly under-represented the last 15 years and this will continue until and modest requirements thereafter in the in the clothing and footwear sub-category complete. The area incorporates the principal period to 2030. The figures calculated by our and contained a high proportion of charity holiday accommodation allocation based assessment should be treated as a guide shops. The vacancy rate in the town centre fell around The Promenade and Clifton Drive. The and, given the inherent uncertainty over below the national average but some vacant objectives for the area include: longer term forecasts, we would advise the units occupied prominent locations and it was • Completion of the public realm regeneration Borough Council to allow for a reasonable recommended that these were modernised programme for the town centre of St. Anne’s amount of flexibility. This should also allow to promote a more diverse mix of retailers in through the preparation and implementation the Council to take account of any physical the centre. Our updated assessment indicates of a resort master plan; and environmental constraints within that St Annes should provide between 1,000 individual centres. We therefore present our and 1,500 sq. m of additional comparison • Development of the Classic Resort concept recommended floorspace allowance figures as goods sales floorspace over the period to for the resort area and an implementation a range and suggest that the Council should 2030. This would allow for the development of programme through the formation of a make provision for additional comparison a number of good-sized new units to meet the partnership; goods sales floorspace over the 2013 to 2030 requirements of comparison retailers. • Seek to restore the Grade II listed period as follows: Promenade Gardens; Business and Industrial Land Schedule – • Re-evaluate the Development Brief for the 1,000 to 1,500 sq.m in the town centres of St Fylde BC (updated March 2013) Island Site and consider proposals for the Annes and Lytham; further development of the site with the 8.4.14 This updates the 2012 ELR and covers recent appropriate form of development; 500 to 1,000 sq.m in Kirkham Town Centre; permissions, land lost to other uses, land and allocated and completed projects. Notably for • Restore and rejuvenate the Grade II listed St. the St. Anne’s area these include the following Anne’s Piers; 250 to 500 sq.m for provision across the key sites: • Develop the Leisure and Recreational Borough’s district and local centres (this is a Facilities; global figure and not an allowance for each With planning permission/under construction: • Continue to develop the management plan individual centre). for Ashton Gardens. Queensway Industrial Estate (off Snowden St Anne’s: A well maintained and vibrant Road) – policies EMP 1 and EMP 2 (existing centre with a strong convenience retail and allocated employment areas) base. At the time of the 2011 study there was an undetermined planning application Site 10: 2.9has residual land for expansion, for a new foodstore at an out-of-centre has planning permission but has expired; location at Heyhouses Lane. Permission Site 10a: 0.9has. Application for new office has now been granted for this scheme and development; we understand that this is to be occupied by

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 8:5 Site 13: 0.09has (JM services), proposed 8.4.17 The Study covers all industrial, warehousing • There is a strong pattern of in-commuting, warehouse and workshop and distribution uses, as well as offices. For with inflow to Fylde exceeding outflow in offices it recognises that the current trend is the case of every Lancashire local authority Granted planning permission for other uses: for smaller office suites as average business area. sizes fall. There are two strands to this: Site 32: EDS 7.28has, Heyhouses Lane – retail Micro-businesses (those with less than ten Warton Enterprise Zone (Booths) and residential; employees) want serviced offices or similar types of easy-in, easy-out schemes that lower 8.4.20 Around 75ha of the BAE Systems site at Non-designated sites: their risk of exposure. Whilst small businesses Warton is now an Enterprise Zone, along (with 10-49 employees) are looking for offices with its sister facility at Samlesbury. The Site 17: Town Hall 0.39has, extension and in the region of 150-300m2, often they are Enterprise Zone proposal is to develop around alterations; satellite facilities for larger companies. 15,000 sqm of new B1 and B2 premises at Warton by 2015 (creating 500 new jobs). This Site 30: 300 Clifton Drive South, B1 use, 8.4.18 In terms of research and consultation the accommodation will be directed at attracting 0.09has, change of use from non residential study includes site visits, interviews with advanced manufacturing (and related) inward D1 to B1. stakeholders and a survey of 230 local investment into Fylde. Development phasing businesses (of which 126 responded, 55%), beyond 2015 has yet to be determined, 8.4.15 In summary terms the borough still has Parish and Town Councils and key public pending the completion of the Enterprise Zone 19.6has of allocated/designated land but sector agencies. Masterplan. perhaps more striking is that since 2001 some 23.8has of employment land has been lost to 8.4.19 Some key findings: 8.4.21 Private sector commercial property other uses, with the recent EDS site (7.3has • Fylde is an affluent area with little evidence agents report that there is a lack of good 2/3 for mixed use, 1/3 to remain in employment of deprivation. quality industrial options in the Borough. use) representing 30% of that total. Requirements are for smaller units of 500m2 • Skill levels are above wider area averages or less. Office demand is predominantly local Employment Land and Premises Study – and a comparatively high proportion of and for small, good quality modern suites. Fylde BC (2012) people work in professional occupations. Whitehills Park is the most popular business • Unemployment has increased over recent location although there may also be demand 8.4.16 This report assesses the demand, supply years but the rate of increase has been far for small offices in Kirkham and Lytham. and need for employment land and premises less than elsewhere in Lancashire and the (Use Class B) in Fylde and comprises five North West. 8.4.22 Properties enquiries, received via Blackpool main elements: an assessment of the local • The manufacturing sector employs the Council’s Blackpool Unlimited website (outside economy; review of the current portfolio of highest proportion of people in Fylde, with of the NDP area but used as a source of employment land and premises; identification much of this accounted for by employment information by the study) , are dominated by and appraisal of additional potential at BAE Systems, Warton and Toshiba the industrial sector. Companies want office 2 employment land which could be used to meet Westinghouse’s nuclear fuel production and industrial units of 0-464m ; and sites the Borough’s future land needs; assessment facility at Salwick. of 4ha or more. The majority of enquiries of the potential impact of major public and come from companies already based in private sector development proposals, notably • The population of Fylde is relatively self- the Fylde Coast sub-region. The company the Warton EZ; and recommendations on contained. survey has identified modest demand from the future allocation of employment land and • In 2001, 66% of the population both lived and local businesses for industrial premises of premises to maintain the Borough’s economic worked in the Borough. 0-1000m2 and offices of 0-500m2, primarily growth. in Lytham and St Anne’s. There are ample

Chapter 8:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 vacant premises in the Borough to meet these • The Council should allocate a further 26- Lancashire Economic Assessment: requirements. The only possible shortage is for 33has of employment land for the period Lancashire CC (2011) larger (+1,000m2) office units. 2012-2030 - this additional provision does not include demand that might be generated 8.4.26 This is no longer a statutory document, but 8.4.23 Fylde is bordered by the two other Fylde by the increasingly constrained development the LEA provides an overview of Lancashire’s Coast local authority areas, as well as the City position in Blackpool. However, Fylde’s role local economy and plays a role in informing of Preston. At present, the greatest impact as an economic and employment centre the development of economic strategies and comes from Blackpool, which has a shortage serving a wider Fylde Coast area needs to interventions in order to support sustainable of employment land and lacks the available be recognised; economic growth in Lancashire. space to provide new employment allocations • The Council should work with Blackpool within its boundaries. Blackpool will have to and Wyre Councils, who are yet to complete 8.4.27 It reports that Lancashire has not benefited look to its neighbours to meet the shortfalls. In updated Employment Land Reviews, to from the shift towards office base service Fylde, Whitehills Park could meet some of this ensure, as directed by the NPPF, that there sector employment. There is a lack of office need. is a robust employment land evidence base space in the County and therefore a need to for the Fylde Coast sub-region; increase the number of office developments 8.4.24 At 31st March 2012 there was a headline in locations where there is demand, in order supply of 22.32ha of available employment • The land supply should meet the needs of all to capture a greater share of service sector land, made up of 24 sites. Almost half this the established settlements of Fylde and this employment in the future. land is at Whitehills Park or Blackpool and includes the provision of freehold land and Fylde Industrial Estate, with six of the sites premises. Areas of search for new supply 8.4.28 There remains a large amount of industrial at Whitehills Park in bank ownership after should initially concentrate upon the west of space, some of which has become redundant being repossessed from a local developer. the Borough (capitalising on Junction 4, M55 due to the long term decline of manufacturing An additional 26.28ha is required based on and Blackpool Airport) and around Kirkham; employment. There is a need to reutilise past take-up rates. The other four forecast • There is a need to provide locations for new redundant space and provide appropriate models suggest the Borough has a significant office sector activity, particularly in the urban premises to enable existing businesses to oversupply of employment land. This would areas of Lytham and St Anne’s; diversify and develop higher value activities, as mean that much of the current land supply is • Continue to encourage rural diversification by well as to attract higher value companies to the surplus to requirements and could be used for allowing the conversion of agricultural space area. other activities. However these methods take for employment uses. This may require no account of pent-up demand, failures in the public sector support; 8.4.29 The Assessment highlights the lack of suitable property market or land supply constraints in employment sites in strategic locations which neighbouring Blackpool. They are frequently • Homeworking is an important local has limited economic growth and hindered contradicted by empirical evidence generated employment sector and effective broadband inward investment. Many existing employment by this study, i.e. consultations with property infrastructure is vital and both Lancashire sites have been developed on an ad-hoc basis, specialists. CC and Fylde BC must ensure that Fylde is rather than through strategic or economic appropriately served in this respect; considerations and as a result are not sufficient 8.4.25 The key recommendations are: • Review and monitor this position and for higher value uses. Warton is identified as • The Borough Council should protect existing undertake the study again in five years, 2030 a key strategic site, critical to diversifying the employment sites that are not the subject of is a long time into the future, and much will economic base and creating more jobs. consents for alternative uses; happen before then.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 8:7 Fylde Regeneration Framework – Fylde BC Lancashire Economic Strategy Framework by the signing of the Fylde Coast MAA, the (2010) of Priorities: Lancashire CC (2010) conclusion to the Visitor Economy Pilot studies for the Northwest, the emergence of the Ribble 8.4.30 Draws together the various regeneration 8.4.34 This is an overarching framework to direct Coast and Wetlands Regional Park and the projects and proposals and is a regeneration LCC’s approach to economic development economic opportunities presented by the vision for the Borough presenting the known over future years it is structured around five hosting of the 2012 Open Golf Championship. schemes whilst at the same time allowing strategic priorities which are deemed critical individuals, community groups or town and to Lancashire’s future economic success; 8.4.38 It looks at more detailed projects, particularly parish councils to propose new schemes for Economic Growth, Knowledge and Innovation; public realm improvements in St. Anne’s in consideration. Spatial; Skills and Employment; Infrastructure; line with the ‘Classic Resort’ ambition, a term and Partner Development. introduced by NWDA who are on longer in 8.4.31 For St. Anne’s it covers the eight year existence. programme of physical regeneration of the 8.4.35 Under economic growth, knowledge and public realm (including the building fabric) innovation, there is a recognition of a shortage 8.4.39 The document provides a useful backdrop of the town centre. Significant public sector of new business accommodation and the need to the physical improvement both proposed support has been engaged up to 2010 (£5.6m), to improve the visitor economy offer. and achieved up to 2009 when funding was however, much of the original masterplan available. remains to be implemented. Since its inception 8.4.36 In order to improve the prospects of in late 1999 the project has sought to improve Lancashire it identifies a number of specific Fylde Coast Visitor Accommodation Study the economic circumstance of the town centre steps that LCC needs to take to ensure the (2009) through improvements to the public realm. It priorities are achieved including ensuring that links to the Resort Action Plan (2001); the St. planning departments work more effectively 8.4.40 This is a joint study covering the three Fylde Anne’s Seafront Masterplan (2008); and the with businesses, making sure strategic policy Coast authorities. It is a detailed analysis Lytham St. Anne’s 2020 Vision (Draft) (2010). supports the achievement of priorities, and of to provide an evidence base to underpin taking a more active role in strategic land future planning policy relating to the provision Fylde Sub-Region Employment Land assembly and the development of investment of visitor accommodation on the Fylde Review: Summary Statement – Blackpool vehicles. Coast. It looks into the quality, quantity and Council, Fylde BC and Wyre BC (2010) location of visitor accommodation within the Lytham St. Anne’s 2020 Vision – Fylde BC Fylde Coast sub-region compared to current 8.4.32 This document highlights 7 key sites that (2009) demand levels, as well as an appraisal of should be the focus of future employment the future need for visitor accommodation development, three in Fylde (Whitehills Park, 8.4.37 Sets out a short and medium term vision for under a number of different scenarios: 1 A BAE Systems at Warton, and Dock Road, the development of the economy of Lytham St. marginal increase in staying visitor numbers; Lytham and one in Fylde/Blackpool, the Airport Anne’s as an important constituent element 2 A slight decrease in staying visitor numbers; Business Area. of the Borough of Fylde and the wider region. 3 A significant decrease in staying visitor It includes an overview as to how the coastal numbers. The report demonstrates that there 8.4.33 The review states that new employment towns will engage with the development of are more than twice as many serviced and allocation in the sub-region is likely to focus the Fylde Coast, particularly in the context non-serviced bed spaces in Blackpool, Fylde on Fylde, and as a result of this Blackpool will of the Visitor Economy and help achieve and Wyre as any comparable resort area in the have increased dependence on Fylde. ambitious targets for visitor growth set out UK, however, based on demand there is an by the sub regional Tourist Board. It sets out oversupply, particularly in Blackpool, much of some of the key strategic issues. It is prompted which in unaccredited.

Chapter 8:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 8.4.41 Fylde attracts in excess of 3m visitors per year, 8.4.45 It also highlights a number of opportunities 8.5 Planning Policy Context - Economy generating £213M in spending in the local such as: a skilled and mobile workforce; the economy. More than three-quarters of these regeneration of Blackpool is likely to create What the NPPF says visitors were day-trippers. Nevertheless, the employment and increase visitor spend in 670,000 staying visitors to the resort generate Fylde’s economy. Fylde has the opportunity 8.5.1 Paragraph 17 lists as one of 12 core planning more than 1.9m visitor nights – broadly in line to provide a complementary tourism offer principles that planning should proactively with regional averages. There was an increase focusing on high-value tourism and the image drive and support sustainable economic post the 2012 Golf Open. The majority of of settlements such as Lytham and St. Anne’s development to deliver the homes, business identified accommodation is in St Anne’s. as traditional Victorian resorts; development and industrial units, infrastructure and thriving of Blackpool Airport is both strategically and local places that the country needs. Every 8.4.42 The document is useful for information locally important, offering the opportunity to effort should be made objectively to identify but does not provide any major policy diversify the economy and provide a catalyst and then meet the housing, business and recommendations or proposals. to development; development of the M55 to other development needs of an area, and Heyhouses Link Road will enhance access to respond positively to wider opportunities for St. Anne’s Seafront Masterplan – Fylde BC Whitehills Park employment site, and improve growth. Plans should take account of market (2008) linkages overall. signals, such as land prices and housing affordability, and set out a clear strategy for 8.4.43 Sets out to begin the process of reversing 8.4.46 The Strategy states that the three drivers of allocating sufficient land which is suitable for the decline of the study area; to analyse the The Fylde Coast’s economy (which includes development in their area, taking account existing character of the area; to identify Blackpool and the Wyre) are: Blackpool of the needs of the residential and business constraints and opportunities; and to propose a Regeneration; Blackpool Airport and St. Anne’s communities. It further advises that planning range of possible solutions, which will form the Classic Resort. should encourage the effective use of land basis of a new future for St. Anne’s seafront. by reusing land that has been previously 8.4.47 Regeneration in Blackpool will act as a catalyst developed (brownfield land), provided that it is Fylde Economic Development Strategy and for wider regeneration across the Fylde Coast. not of high environmental value. Action Plan 2008-2021 – Fylde BC (2006) Investment at Blackpool Airport will enhance its economic contribution and employment 8.5.2 Paragraph 18 says that the Government is 8.4.44 This strategy outlines a number of economic potential. Future investment at St. Anne’s is committed to securing economic growth in challenges facing the Borough and includes: expected to provide further opportunity for order to create jobs and prosperity, building a skills gap at the lower end of the occupation businesses to establish and successfully on the country’s inherent strengths, and scale resulting in a reliance on economic operate. to meeting the twin challenges of global migrants to fill low skill/salary and seasonal competition and of a low carbon future. employment opportunities; out-migration of 8.4.53 The Strategy states that it is important to the more skilled workforce; a lack of modern retain marketable, economically viable 8.5.3 Paragraph19 says that the Government office and industrial premises, with most dating employment land. Where sites are no longer is committed to ensuring that the planning from the 1970’s and 1980’s; a number of economically viable, employment use should system does everything it can to support employment sites have been lost to residential be incorporated into mixed-use development, sustainable economic growth. Planning should development in recent years; employment to retain the economic viability of Fylde overall. operate to encourage and not act as an land supply is constrained, with no margin impediment to sustainable growth. Therefore for expansion and additional suitable land is significant weight should be placed on the therefore needed to meet future demand; poor need to support economic growth through the north-south connectivity and the South Fylde planning system. railway line is underutilised.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 8:9 8.5.4 Paragraph 20 says that to help achieve 8.5.5 Paragraph 21 says Investment in business 8.5.6 Paragraph 22 advises that planning policies economic growth, local planning authorities should not be over-burdened by the combined should avoid the long term protection of sites should plan proactively to meet the requirements of planning policy expectations. allocated for employment use where there is development needs of business and support Planning policies should recognise and seek no reasonable prospect of a site being used an economy fit for the 21st Century. Planning to address potential barriers to investment, for that purpose. Land allocations should policies should recognise and seek to address including a poor environment or any lack of be regularly reviewed. Where there is no potential barriers to investment, including a infrastructure, services or housing. In drawing reasonable prospect of a site being used for poor environment or any lack of infrastructure, up Local Plans, local planning authorities the allocated employment use, applications for services or housing. In drawing up Local Plans, should: alternative uses of land or buildings should be local planning authorities should: • set out a clear economic vision and treated on their merits having regard to market • set out a clear economic vision and strategy strategy for their area which positively signals and the relative need for different land for their area which positively and proactively and proactively encourages sustainable uses to support sustainable local communities. encourages sustainable economic growth; economic growth; set criteria, or identify strategic sites, for local and inward 8.5.7 Paragraph 23 says that planning policies • set criteria, or identify strategic sites, for local should be positive, promote competitive town and inward investment to match the strategy investment to match the strategy and to meet anticipated needs over the plan period; centre environments and set out policies for and to meet anticipated needs over the plan the management and growth of centres over period; • support existing business sectors, taking the plan period. In drawing up Local Plans, • support existing business sectors, taking account of whether they are expanding or local planning authorities should: contracting and, where possible, identify account of whether they are expanding or • recognise town centres as the heart of their contracting and, where possible, identify and plan for new or emerging sectors likely to locate in their area. Policies should be communities and pursue policies to support and plan for new or emerging sectors likely their viability and vitality; to locate in their area. Policies should be flexible enough to accommodate needs flexible enough to accommodate needs not anticipated in the plan and to allow • define a network and hierarchy of centres not anticipated in the plan and to allow a a rapid response to changes in economic that is resilient to anticipated future economic rapid response to changes in economic circumstances; changes; circumstances; • plan positively for the location, promotion • define the extent of town centres and primary • plan positively for the location, promotion and expansion of clusters or networks shopping areas, based on a clear definition and expansion of clusters or networks of knowledge driven, creative or high of primary and secondary frontages in of knowledge driven, creative or high technology industries; designated centres, and set policies that technology industries; • identify priority areas for economic make clear which uses will be permitted in such locations; • identify priority areas for economic regeneration, infrastructure provision and regeneration, infrastructure provision and environmental enhancement; and • promote competitive town centres that environmental enhancement; and • facilitate flexible working practices such as provide customer choice and a diverse retail the integration of residential and commercial offer and which reflect the individuality of • facilitate flexible working practices such as town centres; the integration of residential and commercial uses within the same unit. uses within the same unit. • retain and enhance existing markets and, where appropriate, re-introduce or create new ones, ensuring that markets remain attractive and competitive;

Chapter 8:10 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 • allocate a range of suitable sites to meet the of town centres, which are not in accordance 8.5.14 Policy EMP3 sets out the criteria to be used scale and type of retail, leisure, commercial, with an up-to-date Local Plan, local planning for consideing planning applications for office, tourism, cultural, community and authorities should require an impact business and industrial development outside residential development needed in town assessment if the development is over a the defined business and industrial areas. centres. It is important that needs for retail, proportionate, locally set floorspace threshold leisure, office and other main town centre (if there is no locally set threshold, the default 8.5.15 Policy EMP4 states that business and uses are met in full and are not compromised threshold is 2,500 sq m). industrial development will only be permitted by limited site availability. Local planning subject to the provision of landscaped buffer authorities should therefore undertake an 8.5.9 Paragraph 28 advises that planning policies zones on the relevant boundaries where the assessment of the need to expand town should support economic growth in rural site abuts residential development, open centres to ensure a sufficient supply of areas in order to create jobs and prosperity by countryside or other sensitive land uses. suitable sites; taking a positive approach to sustainable new Business and industrial development will not • allocate appropriate edge of centre sites development. be permitted within a minimum distance of for main town centre uses that are well 30 metres from an existing dwelling or other connected to the town centre where Fylde Local Plan sensitive land-use. Conversely new dwellings suitable and viable town centre sites are not will not be permitted within a minimum distance available. If sufficient edge of centre sites 8.5.10 The Fylde Local Plan (As Altered) (2005) of 30 metres from a business or industrial cannot be identified, set policies for meeting states that economic growth and development, building. A greater separation distance will the identified needs in other accessible the production of goods and services and the be required where class b2 land uses are locations that are well connected to the town creation of jobs are all vital to the well being involved. centre; of the local community. The importance of the local economy is recognised at all levels of 8.5.16 Policy EMP5 says that in relation to • set policies for the consideration of proposals Government and it has been policy for many development proposals for new hazardous for main town centre uses which cannot years to facilitate economic growth in ways that installations or for new developments in the be accommodated in or adjacent to town do not prejudice environmental objectives. vicinity of existing notifiable installations, the centres; health and safety executive will be consulted to • recognise that residential development can 8.5.11 Policy SP1 sets out an urban concentration determine the likely level of risk involved and to play an important role in ensuring the vitality strategy, identifying Lytham St. Anne’s as a obtain its advice on that risk. New development of centres and set out policies to encourage ‘first tier settlement where a large proportion which would unnecessarily increase the residential development on appropriate sites; of development in the Borough will be numbers of persons at risk from hazardous and concentrated. installations, will not be permitted. • where town centres are in decline, local planning authorities should plan positively for 8.5.12 Policy EMP1 allocates land for business 8.5.17 Policy SH3 seeks to protect the primary their future to encourage economic activity. and industrial development, including land at shopping frontages at St. Anne’s, as defined Blackpool Fylde Industrial Estate, Whitehills on the proposals map, by restricting non-Class 8.5.8 Paragraphs 24 to 27 advise on the need to Park (phase 2) and Queensway, St. Anne’s. A1 (retail shop) uses. apply a sequential test to planning applications for main town centre uses that are not in an 8.5.13 Policy EMP2 seeks to retain defined business 8.5.18 Policy SH4 seeks to restrict the secondary existing centre and are not in accordance and industrial areas for business and industrial shopping frontages at St. Anne’s, as defined with an up-to-date Local Plan. They further use. on the proposals map to town centre uses, advise that when assessing applications for including Class A1 (shops) Class A2 (financial retail, leisure and office development outside and professional services) and Class A3 (food and drink).

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 8:11 8.5.19 Policy SH5 sets out the criteria for use of 3. The location is served by a satisfactory 8.5.28 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- upper floors and basements in the primary and existing level of public transport, or, as a Preferred Options paper sets out the secondary frontages in St. Anne’s. result of investment by the developer, is following policies relating to Housing. brought to a satisfactory level of service, 8.5.20 Policy SH6 says that within that part of before the development is first occupied; 8.5.29 Strategic Objective 4 is: to diversify and grow Wood Street identified on the proposals 4. The local road network is able to the local economy by: map, redevelopment or changes of use to accommodate predicted traffic levels; 1. Diversifying the Borough’s economic base restaurants, cafes and public houses, or 5. The site has good access for vehicles, in order to reduce reliance on a small extensions to such existing uses will be number of large employers. permitted, subject to any external works being pedestrians and cyclists; in keeping with the character and amenities of 6. The development can be demonstrated to 2. Making provision for high quality and the town centre. have no adverse effect on overall travel readily available sites in sustainable patterns and will not lead to increased locations that will facilitate the growth 8.5.21 Policy SH10 says that within the local dependence on, and use of the motor car. of existing local firms and be attractive to shopping centres and villages, the new inward investment, including high technology uses. development of small-scale shopping and 8.5.25 Policy SH15 says that small-scale retail uses other local facilities which would improve the in locations outside existing retail centres will 3. Recognising the importance of the diversity and vitality of the local centre will be not be permitted unless the proposed use has Enterprise Zone as a means of achieving permitted. special locational requirements economic growth and diversifying and protecting existing employment land and 8.5.22 Policy SH12 seeks to restrict non-retail uses in 8.5.26 Policy SH16 permits the development of premises, where appropriate. local shopping centres and villages. restaurants, café’s and hot food shops within 4. Enhancing town centres through the town centres, local centres and village centres promotion of mixed uses and focussing on 8.5.23 Policy SH13 applies a sequential approach to providing that specified criteria can be met. development that attracts a large number large new retail development to restrict out of of people. town and edge of centre development, unless The Emerging Local Plan specified criteria are met. It also seeks to limit 5. Developing a distinctive image of the Borough as a business location, based large new retail development in business and 8.5.27 In common with many local authority areas, industrial areas. on existing assets such as BAE Systems, Fylde has witnessed a reduction in housing Whitehills and Blackpool International completion rates and rising house prices. Airport, and developing a vibrant 8.5.24 Policy SH14 says that In addition to meeting Even with falling house prices, housing prices the requirements of Policy SH13, large new cultural and creative community that will remain significantly high in relation to incomes. drive economic growth, attract inward retail developments will be required to meet all There are widening disparities between the the following criteria:- investment, develop skills and innovation, areas with the highest house prices, such as create and sustain jobs and support 1. There is no significant adverse impact on Lytham, and parts of St. Anne’s which contain regeneration. the character or visual amenities of the homes in multiple occupation and are in the area; bottom ten percent nationally in relation to the 6. Developing a widely recognised image of the Borough as a quality regional tourism 2. The development will not be detrimental Indices of Multiple Deprivation. Fylde does not have a history of industrialisation and there is, destination, based on existing assets such to the amenities of adjacent or nearby as the high quality hotels and the open residents; therefore, a lack of brownfield land, resulting in a requirement to develop some greenfield sites coastline (including the emerging Regional for housing and employment. Park and the championship golf courses). Maximising the potential of the Visitor Economy.

Chapter 8:12 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 7. Promoting the classic resort image/ 8.5.34 Policy EC4 - Maintaining Vibrant Town d) Within that part of Wood Street, St. initiative for St Anne’s. and Local Centres: says that retail and other Anne’s, identified as food and drink 8. Promoting the continuing improvement appropriate town centre development will be establishments, FBLP Policy SH6 will of the vitality and viability of the town encouraged within the defined town centres. apply. It shall apply until such time as it centres. Proposals for such development in ‘edge is replaced by the Local Plan Part 2: Site of centre’ or ‘out-of-centre’ locations will be Allocations to 2030. 9. Supporting and protecting agricultural considered in line with the National Planning and farming operations as a key element Policy Framework. 8.5.37 Policy EC5 - Leisure, Culture and Tourism of the local economy. Development says that the Council will plan 8.5.35 The Council will produce Town Centre for leisure, culture and tourism by: 8.5.30 Policy SL2 details strategic locations for Management Plans which will address the development in the ‘Blackpool Periphery’, function and accessibility of each town centre, a) Promoting St. Anne’s as a ‘classic resort’. including employment development at including appropriate public realm schemes. b) Supporting physical regeneration of Blackpool Airport. Within the district and local centres, retail and Lytham and St. Anne’s seafront area to other appropriate town centre uses will be maintain the hotel market and support 8.5.31 Policy EC1 - Overall Provision of supported where they are appropriate to the wider tourism and the local economy. Employment Land: allocates land for scale, role and function of the centre. employment development at Blackpool Airport c) Promoting improvement and enhancement and seeks to protect existing (identified) of the man made coastal defences at 8.5.36 Within the primary shopping frontages defined Pleasure Island, Fairhaven Lake and employment sites unless it is demonstrated in the adopted FBLP, proposals for the change that there is no reasonable prospect of the Church Scar in order to encourage of use from retail (Class A1 of the Use Classes tourism and help maintain flood defences site being used for employment purposes. No Order) to other uses will be required to meet other employment allocations are proposed the following criteria: d) Encouraging daytime and evening within the NDP area. business, leisure, cultural and heritage a) The proposal retains a pedestrian-level based tourism facilities, such as hotels, shop front with windows and display; 8.5.32 Policy EC2 - Managing Development of restaurants, cinemas, theatres, museums, Employment Land: sets out the criteria for b) Any proposed non-A1 use at pedestrian swimming pools and leisure centres within assessing all development proposals for level should, wherever possible, have the town centres. employment uses. operational hours that include at least a e) Protecting existing tourism, cultural and part of traditional opening times (9am – leisure assets, such as golf courses and 8.5.33 Policy EC3 - The Rural Economy: supports 5pm). Uses that involve operational hours the seaside resort facilities, with a view to the sustainable growth and expansion of all in the evening or night should not create helping them to adapt to new challenges.f) types of business in the rural areas where this inappropriate disturbance to residents or Promoting public art and public realm is in accordance with other policies in the Local other users of the centre and surrounding works within settlements and seeking Plan; seeks to retain continued employment areas; developer contribution funding where use of existing employment sites; protects c) Within the primary and secondary appropriate. the best and most versatile agricultural land shopping frontages policies SH1, SH2, outside settlement boundaries; supports the g) Promoting beach leisure, activities and SH3, SH4, SH5, SH7 and SH8 apply until events. roll out of high speed broadband in line with such time as they are replaced by the the Lancashire Broadband Plan; and Local Plan Part 2: Site Allocations to 2030. encourages the promotion and enhancement of rural tourism through rural diversification to create small-scale, sensitively designed visitor attractions and accommodation.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 8:13 8.5.38 Policy EC6 - Leisure, Culture and Tourism Accommodation: says that serviced tourism accommodation (hotels) will be permitted in the primary holiday areas in St. Anne’s, as defined on the inset map. Non serviced tourism accommodation uses in these areas will be resisted. Leisure and tourism development will be encouraged in the North Promenade and South Promenade Sea Front area of St. Anne’s and at Fairhaven Lake Sea Front area of Ansdell/Fairhaven, as defined on the inset map. Non leisure, culture and tourism uses will be resisted in these areas. A limited increase in static and touring caravan and camping pitches will be permitted in order to enable environmental improvements. Holiday caravan pitches should remain in their original use.

8.6 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options

1 Office Accommodation •• Inenco moved to Lytham – future of building •• Offices above shops at 1st/2nd floor space not being let Addressing the increasing lack of good quality office •• Lack of car park at town centre offices 1.1 accommodation in the St. Anne’s area •• Physical access to offices above shops •• Issue of Absentee Landlords •• Internet influence •• Need to discuss with Fylde BC •• Cost of land in town centre is much more expensive than land outside of town – Whitehills Further protection is required to preserve the key office sites 1.2 development following the loss of the EDS site •• For the size of town, quite over developed office market •• Consider redeveloping 1st/2nd floor sites above shops •• There is a requirement for adequate car parking to be provided at all business parks and business 1.3 Provision of car parking at offices premises 2 Links to Warton EZ As the EZ develops how can the local St. Anne’s best 2.1 •• Potential for 2000 new jobs by 2030 benefit from the jobs created 3 Employment Land Ensuring the provision of adequate of employment land •• Fylde LL already identified larger sites in St. Annes required? •• 10 hectares at Blackpool Airport to become available for business space. 3.1 Is there a requirement for additional employment land, if so, •• Should investigate the use of smaller sites (additional evidence required) or what type of employment uses? •• Set up dialogue with a land owners

Chapter 8:14 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 4 Development of Blackpool Airport •• Airport physically no need to expand – no more land needed, est. 1 million passengers per annum to 2030, growth has not been achieved •• Surplus Land – talks of removing the cross runway on Southern part of Airport •• What is protected/what isn’t protected Is sufficient land available for the Airport to expand either 4.1 operationally or with complementary development? •• Green belt between Blackpool + St. Anne’s is protected – sufficient land on edge of Green belt within airport can be used by 2030 •• By 2030 St. Anne’s will be developed to the maximum •• St. Anne’s or Fylde? If houses developed, is the infrastructure going to be built to deal with demand and lessen pressure on St. Anne’s? 4.2 Should land at the Airport be released for non-Airport uses •• Neighbourhood Plan cannot conflict with Local Plan Improving the quality of the environment at the Airport and 4.3 •• Green belt land within Pontins site (nature reserve/allotments) its environs? 5 Town Centre Securing continued and new public realm and other town •• What improvements can be made? 5.1 centre improvements •• Charity shops do increase footfall

5.2 Should the town centre boundary be revised? •• FBC Local Plan to revisit as part of Local Plan

•• Needs Revising: Should the boundaries of the primary and secondary 5.3 •• Primary: Retail shopping areas be revised? •• Secondary: Betting shops etc Is there a need to ‘future proof’ the town centre in terms of 5.4 flexibility in the use of vacant space e.g. secure uses in the •• This is already being undertaken by FBC upper floors above town centre shops/premises 5.5 Are there too many charity shops? 6 Tourism Economy •• What plans are in the pipeline from FBC? •• Possible overlap with Fylde BC •• FBC main landlords of site 6.1 Securing future beneficial use at the Island site •• Fylde have a casino license •• 2008 market test of Hotel on site – failed •• Provision for motor home parking points for overnight – tourism economy – removes parking off road

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan •• Should/can the Town Council pursue this? 6.2 Accreditation of hotel accommodation •• An aspiration for the future i.e. Accreditation + Tourist Information provision Should the boundary of the primary holiday area be 6.3 •• Likely overlap with Fylde BC revised?

REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. Draft Fylde Coastal Masterplan - Fylde BC (March 2014) 2. Retail Study Update (2014) 3. Business and Industrial Land Schedule – Fylde BC (updated March 2013) 4. Employment Land and Premises Study – Fylde BC (2012) 5. Lancashire Economic Assessment: Lancashire CC (2011) 6. Fylde Regeneration Framework – Fylde BC (2010) 7. Fylde Sub-Region Employment Land Review: Summary Statement – Blackpool Council, Fylde BC and Wyre BC (2010) 8. Lancashire Economic Strategy Framework of Priorities: Lancashire CC (2010) 9. Lytham St. Anne’s 2020 vision – Fylde BC (2009) 10. Fylde Coast Visitor Accommodation Study (2009) 11. St. Anne’s Seafront Masterplan – Fylde BC (2008) 12. Employment Land Strategy for Lancashire West (Draft Report): Lancashire Economic Partnership (2006) 13. Fylde Economic Development Strategy and Action Plan 2008-2021 – Fylde BC (2006) 14. The National Planning Policy Framework –DCLG-2012 15. Fylde Borough Local Plan, May 2003 16. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review, October2005 17. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options-July 2013 18. national planning Practice Guidelines-DCLG-2014

Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Addendum: March 2015

Blackpool Airport Enterprize Zone

In March 2015 the Government designated part of the Blackpool Airport Site as an Enterprise Zone. At the time of inserting this addendum the implications for future uses on the site or possible simplified planning regime were not known and will be explored during consultation on the Pre Submission Plan

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 9

The Natural Environment

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 9.0 The Natural Environment

9.1 Introduction 9.3 Agricultural Land Quality

9.1.1 This chapters describes the natural assets, constraints and opportunities which need to be addressed by the 9.3.1 The undeveloped Countryside along the Neighbourhood Plan. eastern edge of the NDP Area is predominantly Grade 3, with some Grade 2 - and Grade 4 9.2 Landscape and Topography (source Magic Maps).

9.2.1 The study area is set on the Irish Sea Coast within a flat, low lying (less than 8M above sea level) 9.4 Habitats landscape. The key landscape character areas as described in Landscape Strategy for Lancashire Landscape Character Assessment 2004 (Lancashire CC) are Coastal Dunes, Urban and Suburban 9.4.1 Due to the developed nature of the Fylde Settlement, surrounded by the South Fylde Mossland as described below. Coast, much of the area has less natural habitat interest than elsewhere along the Local Landscape Character Assessment North West England coastline; however, areas immediately adjacent to the urban area of 9.2.2 The local landscape areas and types that are within the NDP area are set out in Table 9.1 below: Lytham and St. Anne’s have significant habitat value. Table 9.1: Local Landscape Character Assessment 9.4.2 In terms of conservation interest, the main Local Local Description designation is the Lytham St. Anne’s Dunes Character Character Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) and Area Type those immediately adjacent to the study area, 16 Mosslands 16b South Lytham Moss, on the eastern edges of Lytham St. Anne’s is influenced by including the Ribble estuary Special Protection Fylde the proximity of the urban areas. Pylons running from east to west across Area (SPA) and Ramsar site, and the Ribble Mosses the landscape to Blackpool dominate the horizon, with trees providing Estuary SSSI (see Table 9.2 and Figure 9.1 a backdrop and sense of scale in the landscape. Lytham Hall is also an overleaf). important, established landscape feature as the landscaped grounds contain many trees. 19 Coastal 19a Fylde The coastal dunes occur between the sea and either farmland or Dunes Coast urban areas. They comprise small area of a once extensive Dunes system. The dunes are located in open and exposed sites.

Urban Industrial Age/ No description Suburban

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:1 Table 9.1: Statutory Environmental Designations within and Adjoining St. Anne’s NDP Area 9.4.4 The aims of the Biological Heritage Sites Project are firstly to compile and maintain a Plan Statutory Name Hectares Description definitive list of non-statutory sites which make Ref Designation a significant contribution to the bio-diversity 1 SSSI LYTHAM St. 4.89 http://www.sssi.naturalengland.org.uk/special/sssi/ of Lancashire and secondly to protect and Anne’s DUNES unit_details.cfm?situnt_id=1011667 conserve these sites through the planning system and by co-operation with site owners, 2 SSSI LYTHAM St. 3.7 http://www.sssi.naturalengland.org.uk/special/sssi/ occupiers and managers. Anne’s DUNES unit_details.cfm?situnt_id=1011667 3 SSSI LYTHAM St. 16.08 http://www.sssi.naturalengland.org.uk/special/sssi/ Local Nature Reserve Anne’s DUNES unit_details.cfm?situnt_id=1011674 4 SSSI RIBBLE 13491.36 http://www.sssi.naturalengland.org.uk/special/sssi/ 9.4.5 The Lytham St. Anne’s Dunes include the area ESTUARY unit_details.cfm?situnt_id=1011738 of sand dunes at Starr Hills together with land on its seaward side. The sand dunes at Starr Hills have been designated as a Local Nature Local Non Statutory Designations Reserve since 1968.

9.4.3 In addition to statutorily protected sites, six non-statutory sites of nature conservation interest have been 9.4.6 The sand dunes of the Fylde coast may only identified through a partnership scheme initiated by Lancashire County Council, Lancashire WildlifeTrust be a fragment of a once extensive dune and English Nature (see Table 9.3 below). These sites are set out and are termed Biological Heritage Sites system but they still provide a habitat for a and are identified in saved policies of the adopted Fylde Local Plan (Policy EP17). wealth of wildlife. Over 280 different plant species have been recorded on the dunes Table 9.3: Biological Heritage Sites (Saved Policy EP17 of Adopted Fylde Local Plan) (see Figure 9.1) from the mobile dunes on the coast to the Plan Name/ Location Comment fixed dunes of the Local Nature Reserve. This Ref includes internationally rare plants such as the Isle of Man cabbage and the Dune Helleborine A Lytham Foreshore Dunes and Saltmarsh Coastal Habitats which only grow in Great Britain. Flowering Plants and Ferns Butterflies and Moths 9.4.7 For further information see: www. Mosses and Liverworts ribblecoastandwetlands.com/att_lytham_NNR Molluscs B St. Anne’s Old Links Golf Course and Coastal Habitats Lancashire Biodiversity Action Plan Blackpool South Railway Line Flowering Plants and Ferns 9.4.8 The UK Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP) describes the biological resources of the UK C Royal Lytham St. Anne’s, Golf Coastal Habitats, Flowering Plants and Ferns and provides detailed plans for conservation D Clifton Hospital Site Coastal Habitats Flowering Plants and Ferns, Mosses of these resources at national and devolved and Liverworts, Molluscs levels. Action plans for the most threatened E King Edward VII and Queen Mary School Coastal Habitats species and habitats have been set out to Playing Field Margins aid recovery. Lancashire’s local BAP (LBAP) F Lytham Moss Copses, Lytham St Anne’s Birds sets out the action plans key species for and habitats encountered in Lancashire.

Chapter 9:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 9.1: Environmental Contraints

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:3 9.4.9 Lancashire County Council’s LBAP is 9.5.2 The main areas under consideration in this 4. Promote knowledge, understanding and developed and implemented by several document are the coastal habitats from appreciation of the ecological value of organisations including Lancashire County Squire’s Gate in the north (at the northern limit the sand dunes and other natural coastal Council and the Wildlife Trust. Identification of of the Fylde Borough boundary), continuing habitats, and of their key role in coastal flood areas through the LBAP ensures sites receive southwards and eastwards around the coast defence. appropriate management to deliver biodiversity to the western edge of Lytham Green; most of 5. Enable safe recreational use of the dunes objectives. The Lancashire LBAP habitats and which is owned by Fylde Borough Council or and beach where this does not significantly species relevant to the study area are set out Blackpool Borough Council. compromise the nature conservation or flood- in Table 9.4 below defence properties of the dunes and other 9.5.3 Brief consideration is also given to the inland, natural coastal habitats. Table 9.4: LBAP habitats and species relevant to the and privately owned, sand dunes of the golf study area (BARS, 2010). courses, Clifton Hospital and the King Edward Ten Year Action Plan & Queen Mary School. Habitats Species 9.5.5 A ten year action plan is set out in the 9.5.4 The main aims for management of the Fylde document. Habitat Species Sand Dunes are to: Arable farm land Bats (order Chiroptera) • enhance the nature conservation interest of 9.6 Ribble Coast and Wetlands Regional Park Broad leaved and Bird-eye primrose the coastal habitats; mixed woodland (Primula farinose) • improve the efficiency of the dunes and 9.6.1 The Lytham St. Anne’s Nature Reserve forms the northern extent of the Ribble Coast Saltmarsh and Black-tailed godwit saltmarsh as soft sea-defence (with and Wetlands Regional park (see www. estuarine rivers (Limosa limosa) associated cost savings in maintenance of hard sea-defences); and ribblecoastandwetlands.com/home) Sand dune Great crested newt • enhance public appreciation and enjoyment (Triturus cristatus) 9.7 Air Quality of the dunes. Golf courses Lapwing (Vanellus vanellus) 9.7.1 Local authorities in the UK have statutory 9.5.5 These aims will be addressed under the more duties for managing local air quality under Part Rivers and Skylark (Alauda arvensis) specific operational objectives listed below: streams Twite (Carduelis IV of the Environment Act 1995 (HMSO, 1995). 1. Enhance the nature conservation value of flavirostris) The Act required the preparation of a national the sand dune and other natural coastal Air Quality Strategy (AQS) which set air habitats, including the shingle bed and quality standards and objectives for specified 9.5 Fylde Sand Dunes Management Action Plan accreting saltmarsh. pollutants. The Act also outlined measures to be taken by local planning authorities (LPAs) 9.5.1 The Fylde Sand Dunes Management Action 2. Increase the area of sand dune and in relation to meeting these standards and Plan (2008) was commissioned by the Fylde saltmarsh habitats where appropriate, objectives (the Local Air Quality Management Sand Dune Project Steering Group in order particularly by allowing conditions for natural (LAQM) system). If a local authority finds any to evaluate the importance of the Fylde Sand seaward accretion. places where the objectives are not likely to Dunes and other natural coastal habitats and 3. Maintain and, where appropriate, enhance be achieved, it must declare the area an Air to suggest management proposals in order to sea defences, with natural accretion of sand Quality Management Area (AQMA). maintain or enhance the key features. Funding dune and saltmarsh forming the primary for the project was provided by the Local defence and repairs to hard defences only Strategic Partnership (LSP). undertaken where current or potential soft defence is not adequate.

Chapter 9:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 9.7.2 Fylde Borough Council has not declared any Key Theme: Nature Conservation, Habitat The beaches are a major asset to local AQMAs. Improvement and Landscape Enhancement tourism, and enjoy a busy summer season, is a key theme of the masterplan which helping to support local businesses and 9.8 Water Bathing Beaches states: seasonal employment; these beaches are also a place of solitude away from areas 9.8.1 The objective of the Bathing Waters Directive The Issue of population. People enjoy walking on the (EU Bathing Water Directive (2006/7/EC) is to beaches all year round. protect public health and the environment from The 18k (12 mile) stretch of the Fylde faecal pollution in areas designated as bathing Coastline contains some of the most The beach and foreshore need to satisfy many waters. Designated bathing waters require important landscape types and unique habitats requirements ranging from numerous leisure regular water quality monitoring, carried out within the Borough incorporating activities to local industries such as fishing and by the Environment Agency, throughout the beach, foreshore, dune lands and the northern shell fish harvesting. bathing season (15th May to 30th September) fringes of the Ribble Estuary which require to ascertain whether they meet mandatory or protection and sensitive management. In general terms estuaries and coasts, with guideline standards. Guideline standards are their unique features, provide great diversity 20 times stricter than the mandatory standard. The main issues affecting the beach, of opportunities for recreation and tourism. Meeting the guideline standard is one of the foreshore, dune lands and Ribble Estuary Commercial organisations, recreational groups main criteria for the award of European blue Include: and individuals all use the coast for enjoyment flag status. through a wide variety of activities. Activities • Loss of Dune habitat. can range from traditional recreational 9.8.2 In September 2013 the bathing water quality • 24 hectares of dune habitat in an pastimes such as enjoying the views, for St. Anne’s and St. Anne’s North was unfavourable condition. sightseeing and beach games to more active “Minimum”, “Minimum” means that at least • Rising sea levels erosion and flood risk. ones such as kite surfing and sand karting. 95% of the samples meet the mandatory A beach management plan is currently being • Sand extraction. standards of the cBWD Directive (76/0160/ developed to manage the activities. The needs EEC). (see http://environment.data.gov.uk/ • Saltmarsh accretion stopped dredging of the of the various beach users require balancing bwq/explorer/info.html?_search=) channel. with the sensitive management of the natural environment. 9.9 The Fylde Coast Masterplan-Draft Beach Historically sand has been extracted from 9.9.1 The Draft Fylde Coast Masterplan was The wide sandy beaches of the Lytham St. Salters Bank on St. Anne’s beach. This published for consultation by Fylde BC in Anne’s Coast absorb much of the wave energy operation is currently under review. March 2014. The document includes a number before it reaches the dunes or sea walls. The of key themes which are relevant to this beaches are part of a dynamic coastal system Foreshore Chapter. that extends out to the sub-tidal zone and inland to the dunes and saltmarshes. Areas of the foreshore are designated by English Nature as Sites of Specific Scientific The beaches are a marine habitat rich in Interest (SSSI). This brings considerable the invertebrate food which supports bird responsibility to manage the beach and populations in internationally important foreshore in an ecologically sound and numbers. They are important in the context of sustainable manner. Shoreline Management Planning

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:5 Dune Lands scarce orchids. In the summer butterflies, change is managed in a way that maintains moths and bees collect nectar from the and enhances the landscape’s unique and An important element of the coast is the sand wildflowers that flourish on the dunes. The special qualities. dunes, which is an important habitat for a dunes are not only important for wildlife, they variety of specialist plants and animals. They are also important for the local community. Proposed Key Actions also form part of the flood defence system and • Implement the sand dunes management provide a tourism and recreational resource. The dunes are nature’s defence from the sea, action plan. providing protection from high tides and storm The North West England and North Wales surges, which are predicted to increase with • Develop and implement beach management Shoreline Management Plan 2 (2011) climate change. They also provide an important plan. provides a large-scale assessment of the risks recreational resource for picnics, dog walking • Review the benefits of sand extraction associated with erosion and flooding at the and horse riding. coast. It also presents policies to help manage Key Theme : Water Quality these risks. The Plan gives a short term policy Sand dunes are complex and dynamic systems of Managed Realignment of the dune system which must be managed to ensure the health of The Issue with a policy of Hold the Line in the medium the system. Dunes are vulnerable to increased and long term. Managed Realignment of the disturbance and invasive plant species, as well The Fylde Coast is home to one of the dune system in the short term was chosen to as weather and sea conditions. Country’s most visited coastlines with the allow for the management of the dunes as a stunning beaches of Lytham St Anne’s. On a natural defence system and important habitat. An important part of the network of sand dunes number of occasions the beaches have failed Through management the dune system is on the Fylde Coast is the Starr Hills Local to achieve the minimum European bathing expected to accrete and improve the dune Nature Reserve (LNR) at St Anne’s. This is water standards. Two of the main reasons for habitat. the only LNR in the Borough and forms part of unsatisfactory bathing water is that the existing the Lytham St. Anne’s Dunes Site of Special sewer and drainage systems often struggle The Blackpool and Fylde Coast Protection Scientific Interest (SSSI). to cope with the amount of water and waste Strategy (Consultation Draft 2011) gives a water after heavy rainfall and the impact of primary approach to management of the upper The site is situated off Clifton Drive and diffused pollution from farming. foreshore and dune management to maintain contains a nature reserve building which is the defence and amenity value of the area used by volunteers and the sand dunes officer. Bathing Water Directive (See above) Alongside the Blackpool and Fylde Coast The revised Bathing Water Directive (2006/7/ Protection Strategy, a detailed Fylde Sand Landscape EC) came into force on 24th March 2006 and Dunes Management Action Plan (2008) has replaces the current Bathing Water Directive been adopted and continues to be delivered. The Fylde Coast is recognised by its gentle (76/1160/EEC). The overall objective of the undulating landscapes which contrasts revised Directive is the protection of public The dunes are home to a wide variety of dramatically with the high level fells of the health whilst bathing, but it also offers an specialist plants and animals which are Forest of Bowland and the Pennines to the opportunity to improve management practices perfectly adapted to life in sand. Marram East. The landscape provides a range of at bathing waters and to standardize the grass is known for its long roots and dune functions and services which are important to information provided to bathers across Europe. stabilisation properties and there are rare people and wildlife. However, the landscape is The Directive introduces a new classification plants such as the Isle of Man Cabbage and constantly evolving through natural and man- system with more stringent water quality Dune Helleborine, as well as a variety of made interventions. It is important that such standards and puts emphasis on providing information to the public.

Chapter 9:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 The first report on water quality under the Fylde Bathing Waters Pollution from all these sources increases with revised directive will be in 2015, other parts of increasing rainfall. the directive must be implemented earlier and Fylde Borough Council operates two controlled some are already in place. bathing waters one at St. Anne’s Pier and On the Fylde we are working closely with other the other is St. Anne’s North opposite the local authorities, farmers, land managers and The Environment Agency are responsible Thursby Nursing Home and are responsible water companies. Through this partnership for implementation of the bathing waters for the provision of public information about approach we are improving bathing water directives, monitoring and reporting on water the bathing waters being displayed in an easily quality, taking a catchment wide approach quality and insuring action is taken to meet acceptable place in the vicinity of the bathing to tackle sources of diffuse pollution and the appropriate standards for the directives waters. This includes the provision of public monitoring the impact of wet weather and throughout the UK. They also regulate information to prevent exposure to pollution storm events on pollution. discharges to the aquatic environment. during short term incidents and advise against bathing where the bathing water does not Proposed Key Actions Bathing water operators and bathing meet the sufficient standard. water controllers are responsible for the • Implement the new bathing water directive. management of beach facilities’ and the In 2013 Fylde suffered heavy rainfall on a • Support the Implementation of the Fylde publication of information to the public. number of days and wet weather is a key Coast Water Peninsula Management 10 factor influencing bathing water quality. The point action plan. Fylde Peninsula Water Management Group more rain the more pollution is washed from • Develop and Implement the beach (FPWMG) land into the River Ribble catchment and onto management plan for the Fylde Coastline. the designated bathing waters. This was the In 2011 the Coastal Authorities of Blackpool, main cause of the bathing waters failing the 9.10 Green Infrastructure Fylde, Wyre and Lancashire County Council, mandatory standard of the current bathing the Environment Agency, United Utilities and water Directive (cbwD). 9.10.1 The NPPF describes Green infrastructure as A Keep Britain Tidy formed a partnership called network of multi-functional green space, urban the Fylde Coast Peninsula Water Management The main sources of pollution causing the and rural, which is capable of delivering a Group. bathing waters to not meet the mandatory wide range of environmental and quality of life standards include: The partnership aims to: benefits for local communities. • Improve Coastal Protection • Rain water which contains bacteria running off farmland. Lancashire Green Infrastructure Strategy • Improve the quality of bathing water and • Storm discharges from waste water beaches. 9.10.2 The Lancashire Economic Partnership is treatment due to increased flow from rainfall. • Reduce the risk of surface water flooding. working with a range of partners in Lancashire • Water draining from populated area’s which and the North West to develop a Green • The group has developed a 10 point action contains pollution from a variety of sources, Infrastructure (GI) Framework to fully develop plan to improve bathing waters across the including bird and other animal faeces can the potential of this key Lancashire asset. Fylde Peninsula. affect bathing water as they often contain high levels of bacteria (much higher than 9.10.2 The Strategy is based upon a clear human waste). understanding of GI and its potential to • Domestic sewage –wrongly connected contribute to social and economic regeneration drains and leaking septic tanks can pollute whilst simultaneously creating an improved surface water systems. natural environment in urban and rural settings

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:7 based upon investment in the creation and • Make cycle routes more attractive by • Green routes and key tourist destinations maintenance of high quality, networked, providing green cover to shelter cyclists from alongside urban gateways to visually multifunctional green spaces and green assets prevailing winds and simultaneously establish enhance their aesthetic appearance, add (ECOTEC, 2007). new wildlife corridors. vitality and create a lasting impression, as • Any investment to improve north/ south has been successfully implemented in the The Fylde Green Infrastructure Strategy 2011 road linkages must incorporate GI thinking Lytham St. Anne’s public realm works. in route selection and implementation so as 9.10.3 This document sets out a Green Infrastructure to minimise its impact on existing GI assets Biodiversity & Landscape Strategy for the District and identifies four key (e.g. habitat) and provide multifunctional tenets of Green Infrastructure in particular that spaces with planting and landscaping which • Strategic gaps in GI provision e.g. between present significant opportunities that could can act as enhanced replacement habitat Lytham and Clifton along the A584 should be benefit Fylde (and St .Anne’s): and provide Sustainable Drainage. addressed. • Habitat expansion; • Investigate increasing recreational trails and • Potential to accommodate and sustain • Linking of green space; accessible greenspace so as to encourage woodland planting is greatest within the • Enhancing accessibility to and amenity of people to live healthier, more active lifestyles Fylde Coastal Plain. Historic areas of semi- green space; and and provide space for outdoor natural play natural ancient deciduous woodlands should • Climate change mitigation. for children and families. be the priority for habitat conservation management and extension. Broad 9.10.4 The document identified the potential Culture, Tourism & Heritage hedgerow restoration and woodland planting opportunities in terms of existing environmental projects should be concentrated adjacent to and social assets described elsewhere in this • Ashton Gardens and Promenade Gardens in existing ancient woodland, creating corridors document for establishing an Integrated Green St. Anne’s are important high quality heritage of woodland habitat that link to adjacent infrastructure Network in Fylde and within St. assets that should be promoted and used hedgerows, copses and woodlands. Anne’s as follows: as platforms for greening the surrounding environment. They also represent an Climate Change & Food Scarcity Recreation, Health, Travel & The Economy opportunity to expand the diversity of flora, Opportunities: e.g. through historically accurate gardens Flood risk is an issue, including areas of and trialling future/alternative plant species risk along the Rivers Ribble and Wyre and • Ensure agri-environmental practices and akin to a botanical garden. areas of mossland to the north east of Lytham. Protection, preservation and, where greenspace management in parks, football • Programme of Park improvements and pitches and golf courses only use natural/ necessary, restoration of sand dunes as expansion should ensure a holistic approach natural coastal flooding defence/attenuation. organic fertilisers and pesticides – as to GI is incorporated into the masterplanning nitrogen leaching and pesticides can have process. a wider negative impact on biodiversity. Promote better, and expand, local food Establish a protocol agreement to do this? • Ongoing projects to promote and enhance initiatives. Explore converting unused land Lead with an argument of being a step ahead Lytham St. Anne’s as a vibrant yet traditional in the urban footprint to allotments where of future regulatory practices. Victorian resort and the Ribble Estuary Park development has stalled/ or permission is as a major wildlife site attraction provide vital extant. opportunities to secure funding to expand and reinforce GI.

Chapter 9:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Examine existing tree and vegetation cover in key public spaces (e.g.high street) and built- Figure 9.2: up areas (focusing on areas of highest density Fylde Green Infrastructure Strategy-Priority Action Area 1: Clifton Drive first) to assess whether there is sufficient natural shade already available that can counter urban heat vulnerability.

The strategy sets out a number of priority areas including Priority Action Area 1: Clifton Drive between Lytham and Squires Gate (see Figure 9.2)

The strategy sets out three options for this Priority Action Area , do nothing, promotion of private interventions, and the recommended option of a publically led Green Corridor along this key route.

Investment of GI in this area is perfectly justifiable based on its prominence and connectivity of the major A-road. Distributing street tree plantation evenly along the road on both sides would be the key objective of the proposal but further additions of street furniture such as planter boxes could compliment the project.

The creation of a green corridor can provide an area with many benefits that have been discussed throughout the project analysis and give a strong notable impression on all that access it. An example of strong green corridors that have yielded internationally recognised results is the La Rambla in Barcelona. The corridor that could be created along Clifton Drive will evidently never measure up to such a prolific project but similar benefits such as increased tourism and a strong sense of place can be achieved.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:9 If Clifton Drive can identify itself further as a • the development is for alternative sports and • where the green area concerned is local in ‘Garden Town by the Sea’ as suggested in St. recreational provision, the needs for which character and is not an extensive tract of Anne’s on the Sea Regeneration Programme clearly outweigh the loss. land. by incorporating existing GI with the corridor of trees it could prove an attractive sea-side 9.11.3 Paragraph 75 says that planning policies 9.11.6 Paragraph 78 says that local policy for resort and attract private investors into the should protect and enhance public rights of managing development within a Local Green area. way and access. Local authorities should seek Space should be consistent with policy for opportunities to provide better facilities for Green Belts. Improvements could also spread into adjoining users, for example by adding links to existing streets. rights of way networks including National 9.11.7 Paragraph 109 says that the planning system Trails. should contribute to and enhance the natural 9.11 Planning Policy Context - the Natural and local environment by: Environment 9.11.4 Paragraph 76 says that local communities • protecting and enhancing valued landscapes, through local and neighbourhood plans should geological conservation interests and soils; What the NPPF says be able to identify for special protection • recognising the wider benefits of ecosystem green areas of particular importance to them. services; 9.11.1 Paragraph 73 advises that access to high By designating land as Local Green Space quality open spaces and opportunities for local communities will be able to rule out • minimising impacts on biodiversity and sport and recreation can make an important new development other than in very special providing net gains in biodiversity where contribution to the health and well-being of circumstances. Identifying land as Local Green possible, contributing to the Government’s communities. Planning policies should be Space should therefore be consistent with the commitment to halt the overall decline based on robust and up‑to‑date assessments local planning of sustainable development and in biodiversity, including by establishing of the needs for open space, sports and complement investment in sufficient homes, coherent ecological networks that are more recreation facilities and opportunities for new jobs and other essential services. Local Green resilient to current and future pressures; provision. The assessments should identify Spaces should only be designated when a • preventing both new and existing specific needs and quantitative or qualitative plan is prepared or reviewed, and be capable development from contributing to or being deficits or surpluses of open space, sports of enduring beyond the end of the plan period. put at unacceptable risk from, or being and recreational facilities in the local area. adversely affected by unacceptable levels Information gained from the assessments 9.11.5 Paragraph 77 advises that Local Green Space of soil, air, water or noise pollution or land should be used to determine what open space, designation will not be appropriate for most instability; and sports and recreational provision is required. green areas or open space. The designation • remediating and mitigating despoiled, should only be used: 9.11.2 Paragraph 74 says that existing open space, degraded, derelict, contaminated and sports and recreational buildings and land, • where the green space is in reasonably close unstable land, where appropriate. including playing fields, should not be built on proximity to the community it serves; unless: • where the green area is demonstrably 9.11.8 Paragraph 110 advises that in preparing plans to meet development needs, the aim • an assessment has been undertaken which special to a local community and holds a particular local significance, for example should be to minimise pollution and other has clearly shown the open space, buildings adverse effects on the local and natural or land to be surplus to requirements; or because of its beauty, historic significance, recreational value (including as a playing environment. Plans should allocate land with • the loss resulting from the proposed field), tranquillity or richness of its wildlife; the least environmental or amenity value, development would be replaced by and where consistent with other policies in this equivalent or better provision in terms of Framework. quantity and quality in a suitable location; or

Chapter 9:10 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 9.11.9 Paragraph 111 advise that planning policies • maintain the character of the undeveloped • where Nature Improvement Areas are and decisions should encourage the effective coast, protecting and enhancing its distinctive identified in Local Plans, consider specifying use of land by re-using land that has been landscapes, particularly in areas defined as the types of development that may be previously developed (brownfield land), Heritage Coast, and improve public access to appropriate in these Areas. provided that it is not of high environmental and enjoyment of the coast. value. Local planning authorities may continue 9.11.16 Paragraph 118 sets out the principles for to consider the case for setting a locally 9.11.13 Paragraph 115 says that great weight should conserving and enhancing biodiversity when appropriate target for the use of brownfield be given to conserving landscape and scenic determining planning applications. land. beauty in National Parks, the Broads and Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty. 9.11.17 Paragraph 119 says that the presumption 9.11.10 says that local planning Paragraph 112 in favour of sustainable development does authorities should take into account the 9.11.14 Paragraph 116 says that planning permission not apply where development requiring economic and other benefits of the best should be refused for major developments appropriate assessment under the Birds and most versatile agricultural land. Where in these designated areas except in or Habitats Directives is being considered, significant development of agricultural land is exceptional circumstances and where it can be planned or determined. demonstrated to be necessary, local planning demonstrated they are in the public interest. authorities should seek to use areas of poorer 9.11.18 Paragraph 120 says that to prevent quality land in preference to that of a higher 9.11.15 Paragraph 117 says that to minimise impacts unacceptable risks from pollution and land quality. on biodiversity and geodiversity, planning instability, planning policies and decisions policies should: should ensure that new development is 9.11.11 says that local planning Paragraph 113 appropriate for its location. The effects authorities should set criteria based policies • plan for biodiversity at a landscape-scale (including cumulative effects) of pollution on against which proposals for any development across local authority boundaries; health, the natural environment or general on or affecting protected wildlife or • identify and map components of the amenity, and the potential sensitivity of the geodiversity sites or landscape areas will be local ecological networks, including the area or proposed development to adverse judged. Distinctions should be made between hierarchy of international, national and effects from pollution, should be taken the hierarchy of international, national and locally designated sites of importance for into account. Where a site is affected by locally designated sites, so that protection biodiversity, wildlife corridors and stepping contamination or land stability issues, is commensurate with their status and gives stones that connect them and areas identified responsibility for securing a safe development appropriate weight to their importance and the by local partnerships for habitat restoration or rests with the developer and/or landowner. contribution that they make to wider ecological creation; networks. • promote the preservation, restoration and 9.11.19 Paragraph 121 says that planning policies and re-creation of priority habitats, ecological decisions should also ensure that: 9.11.12 says that local planning Paragraph 114 networks and the protection and recovery of authorities should: • the site is suitable for its new use taking priority species populations, linked to national account of ground conditions and land • set out a strategic approach in their Local and local targets, and identify suitable instability, including from natural hazards Plans, planning positively for the creation, indicators for monitoring biodiversity in the or former activities such as mining, protection, enhancement and management plan; pollution arising from previous uses and of networks of biodiversity and green • aim to prevent harm to geological any proposals for mitigation including land infrastructure; and conservation interests; and remediation or impacts on the natural environment arising from that remediation;

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:11 • after remediation, as a minimum, land development in Air Quality Management Areas 9.11.26 Paragraph 167 says that assessments should should not be capable of being determined is consistent with the local air quality action be proportionate, and should not repeat policy as contaminated land under Part IIA of the plan. assessment that has already been undertaken. Environmental Protection Act 1990; and Wherever possible the local planning authority 9.11.23 says that by encouraging • adequate site investigation information, Paragraph 125 should consider how the preparation of any good design, planning policies and decisions prepared by a competent person, is assessment will contribute to the plan’s should limit the impact of light pollution from presented. evidence base. The process should be started artificial light on local amenity, intrinsically dark early in the plan-making process and key landscapes and nature conservation. stakeholders should be consulted in identifying 9.11.20 Paragraph 122 explains the different roles of planning (land use) controls and other the issues that the assessment must cover. 9.11.24 says that planning policies pollution control regimes. Paragraph 165 and decisions should be based on up-to‑date 9.11.27 Paragraph 168 says that Shoreline information about the natural environment Management Plans should inform the evidence 9.11.21 Paragraph 123 says that planning policies and other characteristics of the area including and decisions should aim to: base for planning in coastal areas. The drawing, for example, from River Basin prediction of future impacts should include the • avoid noise from giving rise to significant Management Plans. Working with Local longer term nature and inherent uncertainty of adverse impacts on health and quality of life Nature Partnerships where appropriate, this coastal processes (including coastal landslip), as a result of new development; should include an assessment of existing and and take account of climate change. • mitigate and reduce to a minimum other potential components of ecological networks. adverse impacts on health and quality of life A sustainability appraisal which meets the Fylde Local Plan arising from noise from new development, requirements of the European Directive on including through the use of conditions; strategic environmental assessment should 9.11.28 Local Plan policy seeks to achieve in Fylde be an integral part of the plan preparation Borough the necessary balance between • recognise that development will often create process, and should consider all the likely the need for development and the protection some noise and existing businesses wanting significant effects on the environment, and enhancement of the environment. The to develop in continuance of their business economic and social factors. Borough Council takes the view that the aim should not have unreasonable restrictions should be to achieve high environmental put on them because of changes in nearby 9.11.25 says that Local Plans may standards in all built-up areas irrespective of land uses since they were established; and Paragraph 166 require a variety of other environmental their planning status. • identify and protect areas of tranquillity assessments, including under the Habitats which have remained relatively undisturbed Regulations where there is a likely significant 9.11.29 Policy EP1 says that within the urban areas, by noise and are prized for their recreational effect on a European wildlife site (which environmental conditions will be maintained and amenity value for this reason. may not necessarily be within the same and improved through the development control local authority area), Strategic Flood Risk process. Environmental improvement schemes 9.11.22 Paragraph 124 says that planning policies Assessment and assessments of the physical will be undertaken in the locations including: should sustain compliance with and contribute constraints on land use. Wherever possible, • St. Anne’stown centre towards EU limit values or national objectives assessments should share the same evidence for pollutants, taking into account the base and be conducted over similar time • Designated conservation areas; presence of Air Quality Management Areas scales, but local authorities should take care • Council owned parks and gardens; and the cumulative impacts on air quality to ensure that the purposes and statutory • Other environmentally important areas. from individual sites in local areas. Planning requirements of different assessment decisions should ensure that any new processes are respected.

Chapter 9:12 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 9.11.30 Policy EP2 seeks to protect open spaces, 9.11.35 Policy EP13 says that the council will continue 1. Fisheries defined on the proposals map, which are through appropriate schemes to plant young 2. Sea defence and coastal protection considered to be essential to the setting, trees and maintain them where these will character or visual amenities of towns and improve townscape, villages and the rural 3. Navigation purposes villages. environment. It will encourage the planting of 4. Informal recreation and amenity proposals young trees and hedgerows in accordance 5. Renewable energy projects 9.11.31 Policy EP10 seeks to protect the distinct with overall planting and management character and important habitats of Fylde schemes, in locations where it is considered 9.11.41 Development proposals for off-shore or borough both in terms of its coastal and inland that their future can be reasonably assured. In shoreline mineral extraction will be considered elements. In particular, priority will be given rural areas the council will require the planting having regard to the policies of the Lancashire to the protection of important landscape and of native and other trees characteristic of the waste and minerals local plan. habitat features, including sand dunes, mud local countryside in preference to those of a flats, marine marshes, beaches, broad leaved more decorative or exotic nature. 9.11.42 says that in considering woodland, scrub meadows, hedgerows, Policy EP21 development proposals, particular regard will wetlands, ponds and watercourses. 9.11.36 Policy EP14 seeks to ensure that be given to the archaeological significance of development schemes make suitable provision the area. Proposals affecting the site or setting 9.11.32 Appropriate management of these features will for landscape planting. of remains of national importance will not be be encouraged generally and particularly by permitted. In relation to proposals affecting the imposition of planning conditions, by the 9.11.37 Policies EP15 - 17 seek to protect important remains of local importance, consideration will use of planning agreements and by entering European protected nature conservation sites, be given to the merits of the case taking into into management agreements with landowners Sites of Special Scientific Interest , biological account the importance of the remains and the and developers where appropriate. heritage sites and geological heritage sites. need for the proposed development. 9.11.33 Policy EP11 says that new development in 9.11.38 Policy EP18 says that existing natural features 9.11.43 says that development will not be rural areas should be sited in keeping with the should be retained where possible, within Policy EP22 permitted which would involve the permanent distinct landscape character types identified in development schemes and where appropriate, loss of the best and most versatile agricultural the landscape strategy for Lancashire and the additional features should be created as part of land (grades 1, 2 and 3a) where it could characteristic landscape features defined in the development scheme. reasonably take place on previously developed Policy EP10. Development must be of a high sites, on land within the boundaries of standard of design. Matters of scale, features 9.11.39 Policy EP19 seeks to protect species existing developed areas or on poorer quality and building materials should reflect the local specifically protected under schedules 1, 5 or agricultural land. vernacular style. 8 of the wildlife and countryside act 1981, (as amended) and their habitats.. 9.11.44 Policy EP23 says that development will not 9.11.34 Policy EP12 seeks to protect trees, woodlands be permitted which would adversely affect the and hedgerows which individually or in groups 9.11.40 Policy EP20 says that development in the quality of coastal waters, rivers, canals, lakes, make a significant contribution to townscape remaining stretches of open coastline including ponds and other bodies of water. Development or landscape character, quality and visual the estuaries will not be permitted except which would be likely to give rise to pollution of amenity. where development is essentially required for inland surface water or coastal waters will not the following purposes and a location inland or be permitted. within the developed coast is not possible:

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:13 9.11.45 Policy EP24 seeks to protect the quality of 2. The applicant can demonstrate the degree of 7. Protecting the best and most versatile ground water and the ability to utilise existing contamination, if any, and where appropriate agricultural land and increasing UK food or potential resources within the borough. can identify acceptable measures to remove security. or treat the source/s of contamination 8. Protecting existing areas of Green Belt. 9.11.46 Policy EP25 seeks to secure adequate foul commensurate with the proposed use; It is not intended that there will be a sewers and sewage treatment facilities in 3. The treated land and the measures strategic review of the Green Belt within new development. Development which would necessary to achieve it do not produce Fylde during the plan period. overload available facilities where pollution of any unacceptable risks to human health 9. Promoting sustainable renewable and low homes, other property or watercourses would or the wider environment, including the carbon energy, in order to reduce carbon result, or which would exacerbate existing contamination of surface water, ground water emissions. problems of pollution and flooding will not be or sewers. 10. Supporting the Regional Park Plan for the permitted. Ribble Coast and Wetlands. The Emerging Local Plan 11. Ensuring that infrastructure is available to 9.11.47 Policy EP26 says that development will not enable new development, whilst protecting be permitted which is likely to give rise to 9.11.51 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred and enhancing the natural and built unacceptable levels of air pollution where Options paper sets out the following policies environment. this would prejudice other adjacent or nearby relating to the Natural Environment 12. Retaining the identity, character and communities or land uses. Where polluting or setting of the rural villages. potentially polluting industrial or waste disposal Strategic Objective 2 is: operations already exist, new residential, 9.11.52 Policy ENV1 - says in relation to Landscape or other sensitive developments will not be Objective 2: To improve the environment by: and Biodiversity that development will have permitted in nearby locations where there is a regard to its landscape and biodiversity context risk of the development being subjected to air 1. Protecting, enhancing and restoring the and the landscape type in which it is situated. pollution. quality, character and distinctiveness of It says in relation to Areas of Open Coastline, the biodiversity and landscape of Fylde that the open and coastal character of the 9.11.48 Policy EP27 says that development which Borough. Areas of Open Coastline, will be protected. would unnecessarily and unacceptably result 2. Expanding biodiversity resources, Development in the Areas of Open Coastline in harm by way of noise pollution will not be including improving habitat connectivity, and the Coastal Parkway, as defined in the permitted. particularly away from the coastal edge. Coastal Parkway Masterplan, will only be 3. Promoting green infrastructure throughout permitted in specified circumstances. 9.11.49 Policy EP28 says that proposals should the urban and rural areas. avoid or minimise harm relating to loss of 4. Improving access to the natural 9.11.53 Policy ENV2 - Protecting Existing Open local character, loss of amenity or reduction in environment. Space and Green Infrastructure says highway safety from light pollution. 5. Protecting and enhancing the built and that The existing open space and green historic environment and requiring new infrastructure network in Fylde will be 9.11.50 Policy EP29 says that development on land development to meet the highest quality protected, unless development is permitted known or suspected of being contaminated urban design. as part of the Local Plan, the landscape, will only be permitted providing the following 6. Minimising the risk of flooding, both biodiversity and water management criteria are met: tidal and fluvial, to existing and new requirements of the Local Plan are met and the development and improving bathing water requirements set out in this policy are met. 1. The proposed development is an acceptable quality. land-use in principle;

Chapter 9:14 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 9.11.54 Policy ENV3 - Provision of Open Space and allotments, trees and woodland. Opportunities 9.11.57 Policy ENV4 - Management and Enhancement Green Infrastructure Amenity Open Space to link green infrastructure resources to create of Open Space and Green Infrastructure says says that within new housing developments a multi-functional green infrastructure network that financial contributions will be sought comprising ten or more dwellings (excluding will be maximised. Financial contributions will through the Community Infrastructure Levy flats and residential caravan parks) the be sought through the Community Infrastructure for the management and enhancement of provision of amenity open space with facilities Levy to assist such schemes. open space and green infrastructure, including for children’s play, where appropriate, will be the Ribble Coast and Wetlands and the required in line with minimum standards set out 9.11.56 The provision of a new country park in the Coastal Parkway. This includes enhancing in the policy. grounds of Lytham Hall, or an alternative the functionality, quality, connectivity and location that meets Fylde’s deficit in park accessibility of open space and green 9.11.55 It says that Financial contributions will be and garden provision, will be supported infrastructure. Developer contributions will also sought through the Community Infrastructure and contributions will be sought through the be sought for other schemes that will result in Levy to assist schemes for other open space Community Infrastructure Levy. the enhancement of the functionality, quality, and green infrastructure where there is an connectivity and accessibility of open space and identified need, including the provision of green infrastructure in Fylde.

9.12 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options 1 Protecting and Enhancing Environmental Assets There are a number of important statutory and non-statutory environmental designations located within, and adjoining the town. The beach, sand dunes, and inland assets (golf courses) are also important recreation resources. How should the NDP respond to these compared to the existing saved policies of the Local 1.1 Plan, the emerging Local Plan, and various existing Strategies and Action plans? •• Consider Specific policies

How can the potential economic and recreational benefits of these assets be maximized? Can any additional green spaces be Identified that need protection through the •• Identify sites 1.2 NDP? •• Policy to ensure adequate protection 1.3 Is habitat protection at the right level? Should it be enhanced? •• Consider specific policies 2 The Beach and Dunes How should the Beach and Dunes environmental assets be managed, protected, •• Potential designation of Beach and Dunes as a Country Park? but utilised as an important recreational resource? •• Include proposal for the implementation of the the sand dunes 2.1 The 2008 FBC Open Space study recommends that the beach be developed and management action plan in the Implementation Plan managed as a Country Park-Can/ should the NDP promote this How can the sand dunes management action plan be implemented?

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:15 2.2 Review the benefits of sand extraction •• Consider specific policies 2.3 Improve bathing water quality •• Consider specific policies 3.0 Green Infrastructure Drawing on the Fylde Green Infrastructure Strategy and the evidence from various •• Policy to develop local green infrastructure network, linking recreational 3.1 sections for this Neighborhood Profile there is clearly an opportunity for the areas Neighborhood Plan to develop its own Plan or strategy? Ensure environmental practices and greenspace management in parks, football 3.2 pitches and golf •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan Establish a protocol agreement to do this? •• Consider specific policies relating to facilitating through new development Make cycle routes more attractive by providing green cover to shelter cyclists from 3.3 and public realm improvements prevailing winds and simultaneously establish new wildlife corridors. •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan •• Identify routes Ensure that any investment to improve north/south road linkages contributes to and •• Consider specific policies relating to facilitating through new development 3.4 improve Green infrastructure. and public realm improvements Which routes should be improved? •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan Make greenspace more accessible e.g. improved network of recreational trails and •• Identify requirement space for outdoor natural play for children and families. •• Consider specific policies relating to facilitating through new development 3.5 Where are trails needed? Can a comprehensive safe off/ on street network be and public realm improvements identified? •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan How much outdoor play space is needed, and where? •• Identify requirement Improvements to existing parks, including Ashton Gardens and Promenade •• Consider specific policies relating to facilitating through new development 3.6 Gardens which are important high quality heritage assets and public realm improvements Which parks are a priority for improvement? •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan •• Identify requirement Improve environmental value of the spaces around and connecting areas of Green •• Consider specific policies relating to facilitating through new development 3.7 Infrastructure and public realm improvements Which areas need improvement? •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan •• Identify requirement Enhance ‘green routes’ and key tourist destinations alongside urban gateways •• Consider specific policies relating to facilitating through new development 3.8 Which routes and destinations need enhancement? and public realm improvements •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan

Chapter 9:16 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Ensure that ongoing projects to promote and enhance St Annes make the most of 3.9 •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan opportunities to secure funding to expand and reinforce Green Infrastructure. •• Identify requirement Provide new Green Infrastructure •• Consider specific policies relating to facilitating through new development 3.10 • What is needed? and public realm improvements •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan

REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. Landscape Strategy for Lancashire-Landscape Character Assessment 2004 (Lancashire CC) 2. Lancashire Biodiversity Action Plan-Lancashire Biodiversity Partnership 3. The Fylde Sand Dunes Management Action Plan -2008 4. Draft Fylde Coastal Masterplan - Fylde BC -March 2014 5. Lancashire Green Infrastructure Strategy-2007 6. The Fylde Green Infrastructure Strategy-2011 7. The National Planning Policy Framework –DCLG-2012 8. Fylde Borough Local Plan-May 2003 9. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review-October2005 10. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options-July 2013 11. National Planning Practice Guidance-DCLG-2014

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 9:17 Addendum: Feb 2015

Queensway Development

AD1.1 In September 2014 Kensington Developments submitted a Habitat Creation Plan and Farmland Conservation Area Management Plan in accordance with Condition 6 of the Outline Planning Permission (Ref 5/2008/0058) and Condition 27 of the M55 LInk Road Planning Permission).

AD1.2 These document sets out details for the creation and management of habitats related to a proposed Nature Park and Farm Conservation Area (see Figure AD1.1)

Figure AD1.1: Lytham Moss Farm Conservation Area and Nature Park

Chapter 9:18 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Addendum: March 2015

Biological Heritage Sites

AD2.1 The latest boundaries of BHS sites within and Figure AD2.1: adjoining the NDP boundart were published in Spring 2015 (see Figure AD2.1) Biological Heritage Sites : 2015

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 10

Climate Change

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 10.0 Climate Change

10.1 Introduction 10.2 Understanding Local Flood Risk A - Flood Risk from Rivers and the Sea

10.1.1 This Chapter provides the current background 10.2.1 The Environment Agency produce Flood The current flood risk for the study area for and context to addressing Climate Change, Risk Maps which are updated quarterly . Rivers and the Sea is shown in Figure 10.1. and in particular flood risk and renewable The definitions of flood zones are set out in From this it can be seen that the main urban energy. the government’s National Planning Practice area of St. Anne’s lies within Flood Zone 1. Guidance. The Plan also shows that the sea front and some agricultural land to the eastern edge 10.2.2 There are two sources of potential flooding; of the study area lie within Flood Zone 2. from Rivers and the Sea, and from Surface The land use implications for these areas is Water. These are examined below: explained in Table 10.1 below:

Table 10.1: Flood Risk Zones affecting St. Anne’s NDP Flood Zone Definition Appropriate Uses Flood Risk Assessment Requirements Policy Aims Flood Zone 1: This zone comprises land All uses of land are For development proposals on sites comprising In this zone, developers and Low Probability assessed as having a less than 1 appropriate in this zone. one hectare or above the vulnerability to local authorities should seek in 1,000 annual probability of river flooding from other sources as well as from opportunities to reduce the overall or sea flooding (<0.1%). river and sea flooding, and the potential to level of flood risk in the area and increase flood risk elsewhere through the beyond through the layout and addition of hard surfaces and the effect of form of the development, and the new development on surface water run- the appropriate application of off, should be incorporated in a flood risk sustainable drainage systems. assessment. This need only be brief unless the factors above or other local considerations require particular attention. Flood Zone 2: This zone comprises land Essential infrastructure All development proposals in this zone should In this zone, developers and Medium assessed as having between a and the water-compatible, be accompanied by a flood risk assessment. local authorities should seek Probability 1 in 100 and 1 in 1,000 annual less vulnerable and more opportunities to reduce the overall probability of river flooding (1% – vulnerable uses, are level of flood risk in the area 0.1%), or between a 1 in 200 and appropriate in this zone. through the layout and form of the 1 in 1,000 annual probability of The highly vulnerable uses development, and the appropriate sea flooding (0.5% – 0.1%) in any are only appropriate in this application of sustainable year. zone if the Exception Test is drainage systems. passed.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 10:1 Figure 10.1: Flood Risk from Sea and Rivers

Source: Environment Agency

Chapter 10:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 10.2a: Surface Water Flood Risk

Source: Environment Agency

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 10:3 Figure 10.2b: Surface Water Flood Risk

Source: Environment Agency

Chapter 10:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 B - Surface Water Flood Risk What does ‘high’ mean? Fylde Strategic Flood Risk Assessment - 2011 Figures 10.2a &b show the current EA surface High means that each year, this area has a water risk situation in the NDP area. From chance of flooding of greater than 1 in 30 This document has been prepared by Fylde this it can be seen that whilst the main part (3.3%). Council in order to meet the national planning of the urban area are classed as “very Low” policy requirements for the consideration of risk from surface water flooding there are This type of flooding can be difficult to predict, flood risk through the planning process. The significant areas of the NDP falling within the much more so than river or sea flooding as it Study considered a range of sites considered low, medium to high risk zones. is hard to forecast exactly where or how much to have potential for development and rain will fall in any storm. inclusion in the emerging Local Plan. What does ‘very low’ mean?

Very low means that each year, this area has Table 10.2: Fylde SFRA Policy Recommendations a chance of flooding of less than 1 in 1000 Plan Flood Area Recommended Policy (0.1%). Ref Zone This type of flooding can be difficult to predict, 26 1 Former Pontins Site much more so than river or sea flooding as it 27,28 1 Blackpool Airport There are no material flood issues within this area. Therefore is hard to forecast exactly where or how much there should not be any restriction on flooding grounds for de- 29 1 Blackpool Road rain will fall in any storm. velopment of all types within the area. Consideration to surface Playing Fields water runoff should be given in all cases. What does ‘low’ mean? 30 1 Lytham Moss 31, 32, 3a Lytham Moss Exception Test being carried out where appropriate. A Level 2 Low means that each year, this area has 33, 34 SFRA will need to be undertaken to justify any proposed site a chance of flooding of between 1 in 1000 allocation in Flood Zone 3a. Any development in Flood Zone (0.1%) and 1 in 100 (1%). 3a (whether allocated or not) should be accompanied by a site- specific Flood Risk Assessment to demonstrate that the devel- This type of flooding can be difficult to predict, opment is not at risk of unnecessary risk of flooding and will not much more so than river or sea flooding as it exacerbate flood risk elsewhere. Consultation with the Environ- is hard to forecast exactly where or how much ment Agency is recommended. rain will fall in any storm.

What does ‘medium’ mean?

Medium means that each year, this area has a chance of flooding of between 1 in 100 (1%) and 1 in 30 (3.3%).

This type of flooding can be difficult to predict, much more so than river or sea flooding as it is hard to forecast exactly where or how much rain will fall in any storm.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 10:5 Figure 10.3 shows those sites within the NDP area considered as part of the SFRA study. Figure 10.3: Sites Assessed in the Fylde Strategic Flood Risk Assessment - 2011 10.3 Renewable Energy

The Lancashire Renewable Energy Study 2011 (Lancashire CC)

10.3.1 This study was commissioned by Lancashire CC and aimed to identify the deployment potential for onshore renewable energy to inform the development of future local planning policies by: • Bringing the information contained in the North West Renewable and Low Carbon Energy Capacity and Deployment Study(2010) to a local level; and • Providing further technical advice to each Local Authority. • North West and sub-Regional Context

10.3.2 The North West study identified the overall renewable energy capacity for Lancashire to be 9,929 MW-just under 25% of the North West Region’s total capacity. The key components of this are set out in Table 10.3 below: Table 10.3: Renewable Energy Resource Potential for Lancashire Renewable Energy Source Capacity (MW electricity and heat) Wind (commercial and small 6,698 scale) Plan Biomass 43 Animal Biomass 51 Waste 87 Hydropower 10 Micro generation Total 9,929 Source: Northwest Renewable and Low carbon energy capacity and deployment project report, 2010. Source: FBC Strategic Flood Risk Assessment -2011

Chapter 10:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 10.3.2 The study concludes that Fylde has the deployable resource potential of 61 MW by 2030, the equivalent of 5% of Lancashire’s deployable potential. Table 10.4 below provides the breakdown of Fylde’s deployable potential by technology. Commercial scale wind provides the highest deployable potential in Fylde.

Table 10.4: Fylde Deployable Potential in 2020 and 2030 by Technology Existing Total Deployment Total Deployment Technology Deployment at 2011 2020 2030 Commercial Wind 0.0 28.5 37.8 Microgeneration - Small scale wind 0.0 0.8 1.4 Plant biomass 2.1 2.2 2.2 Animal biomass 0.6 1.1 1.4 Energy from waste (Anaerobic 3.3 2.8 1.0 Digestion) Small scale hydro 0.0 0.0 0.0 Microgeneration - Solar 0.1 4.5 11.1 Microgeneration - heatpumps 0.0 2.7 5.8 Total 6 43 61 Source: The Lancashire Sustainable Energy Study 2012 (SQW)

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 10:7 10.4 Other Relevant Evidence Documents

10.4.1 Table 10.5 below sets out a brief summary of other relevant evidence documents/ studies

Table 10.5: Other relevant Evidence Documents/Studies Document/Study Potential NDP Action/ Requirement

Blackpool and Fylde Coast Protection Strategy Strategic Environmental Assessment: Scoping Consultation Document - 2011 Blackpool Borough Council adopted their existing Shoreline Strategy Plan (SSP) in 1995 to manage coastal flood and erosion risk along their coastal There are no frontage. A full review of the plan was undertaken in 2000, with an economic update carried out in 2004. planned work to the hard coast This Strategy is now in need of a further review to take account of the coastal defence policies developed by the recently produced North Wales and defences in North West SMP2. the St. Anne’s Parish area in There is no current or past SSP for the management of Fylde Borough Council’s coastal frontage. Previously, a procedure of reactive management the next twenty along their coastline has been undertaken, with repairs to the most urgent locations as necessary. years.

As a result of the major linkages and interdependences that exist between Blackpool and Fylde Borough Councils, a joint SSP is being produced to create a more holistic strategy for this part of the Fylde Coast.

The updated SSP will review the technical, economic and environmental appraisal of options, and the choice of preferred option, with the specific intent of establishing a viable long-term Strategy to manage coastal flood and erosion risk for this frontage.

The Strategy’s objectives are to: 1. develop a strategic approach to minimise coastal flood and erosion risk to property and other assets within the jurisdiction of Blackpool and Fylde Councils over the next 100 years; 2. investigate opportunities to enhance and improve the area’s natural, cultural and amenity value; and, 3. comply with all statutory obligations arising from national and international nature conservation designations and related legislation in the area.

Chapter 10:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Document/Study Potential NDP Action/ Requirement River Ribble Catchment Flood Management Plans-2009 Consult with the Catchment Flood Management Plans (CFMPs) provide an overview of the flood risk across river catchments.They recommend methods for Environment managing those risks now and over the next 50-100 years. CFMPs consider all types of inland flooding, from rivers, ground water, surface water and Agency and tidal flooding. United Utilities to determine Blackpool and Fylde fall within the boundary of the Ribble CFMP (Environment Agency, 2009a). The CFMP is divided into 10 Sub-areas, two of which relevance and fall within the study area, as: appropriate actions through Sub-area 10: Blackpool & Lytham St. Anne’s the NDP. The CFMP identifies flood risk as predominately in Lytham St. Anne’s, resulting from the impact of sea level rise and the ability of Liggard Brook to discharge into the Ribble estuary. The risk of flooding from rivers in Blackpool is very low, with the main risk in the town associated with coastal flooding from the sea. This aspect is not considered as part of this plan and is instead addressed in the SMP. The CFMP is proposing Policy 5 for this Sub-area which is classified as “Areas of moderate to high flood risk where we can generally take further action to reduce flood risk.” Proposed actions to implement this policy include:

o investigating the causes of flooding in the Lytham St. Anne’s/ Fylde area; o produce Strategic Flood Risk Assessments (SFRAs); and, o investigate the causes of surface and sewer flooding in Blackpool and ythamL St Anne’s.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 10:9 Document/Study Potential NDP Action/ Requirement North West England and North Wales Consult with Shoreline Management Plan SMP2(SMP2) Environment The SMP aims to identify the best ways to manage flood and erosion risk to people and the developed, historic and natural environment, and to Agency to identify opportunities where shoreline managers can work with others to make improvements. The SMP does not set policy for anything other than determine coastal defence management. relevance to NDP The Strategy frontage is covered by Sub-Cell 11b of the North West and North Wales SMP2 (Halcrow Group Ltd., 2010), which is divided into:

1. The Ribble Estuary; and, 2. St. Anne’s to Rossall Point.

This Sub-Cell is further divided into a series of policy units, Units 1.14 to 1.21 and 2.1 to 2.5, each with an individual policy. The policies are presented over three epochs (0 to20 years; 20 to 50 years; and, 50 to 100 years) to enable realistic and sustainable management of the coastline. Four key policies are considered within the SMP: Hold the Line (HTL) - this option involves fixing the shoreline position by the provision or maintenance of coastal defences. • Advance the Line (ATL) - this involves building new defences seaward of the original defences and is limited to areas where significant land reclamation is being considered. • No Active Intervention (NAI) - a decision not to invest in providing or maintaining defences. • Managed Realignment (MR) - allowing the shoreline to move backwards, with management to control / limit the extent of landward retreat.

The preferred policies for the Strategy area are predominately HTL, by maintaining the existing defences throughout all three epochs of the SMP. Exceptions include Policy Unit 2.1 St. Anne’s (northern boundary) to Squires Gate, which is MR for the first epoch, by managing the dunes and determining the requirements for a second line of defences set back by Clifton Drive North. The policy changes to HTL for the second and third epochs.

Chapter 10:10 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Document/Study Potential NDP Action/ Requirement The North West Regional Coastal Strategy Consider need The North West Regional Coastal Strategy 2008 - 2032 (North West Coastal Forum, 2008) is designed as a non-statutory resource for all involved to protect in policy, planning and management of the North West’s coast. Consultation on the Strategy was undertaken towards the end of 2008; however, the and enhance Strategy has yet to be finalised. important coastal natural The Strategy outlines six key outcomes that comprise its building blocks, each with a series of priorities for action, as: assets whilst considering 1. well-integrated planning and management of the coastal zone including achieving coherence between adjacent terrestrial and marine spatial plans; opportunities 2. the economic potential of the North West coast achieved in ways which safeguard, enhance, restore and sustainably use our natural and cultural for tourism and assets; recreation use. 3. improved well being of coastal communities; 4. improved recreational opportunities and visitor experience; 5. a high quality natural and built coastal environment able to adapt to climate and other change; and, 6. raised appreciation of the coast, its value and its needs.

The Strategy identifies the regeneration of Blackpool as essential in achieving the economic potential of the North estW coast. Blackpool and Lytham are recognised as key tourism and recreational locations.

Lancashire Climate Change Strategy Consider The Lancashire Climate Change Strategy 2009 to 2020, sets out the long-term vision that Lancashire is “low carbon and well adapted by 2020”. appropriate Lancashire is aiming to reduce its carbon dioxide emissions by at least 30% (relative to 1990). This Strategy was adopted in February 2009. policies within NDP to The Strategy acknowledges that the implications of climate change on the marine environment and coastal structures should be assessed, and that complement there are consequences of sea level rise and a need to understand coastal realignment. The Strategy also identifies sea level rise and increased emerging Local coastal risk from storm surges as having a negative affect on (The Lancashire Climate Change Partnership, 2009a): Plan policies, consult with • commercial developments (some include housing & leisure); EA regarding • housing developments; potential flood • transportation projects; risks and • tourism & leisure; and, appropriate • quality of place. actions within NDP. Critical actions identified in the associated action plan includes the reduction of carbon dioxide emissions by 30% and the inclusion of other greenhouse gases, monitoring of existing actions, assessing gaps in delivery and development of new actions to achieve tighter targets, and to develop an understanding of UK climate projections scenarios and to identify impacts for Lancashire (The Lancashire Climate Change Partnership, 2009b).

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 10:11 10.5 Fylde Coast Masterplan-Draft Consultation number of key projects are identified- none are 10.6.5 Paragraph 97 says that to help increase Strategy within the NDP area: the use and supply of renewable and low 10.5.1 The Draft Fylde Coast Masterplan was 10.6 Planning Policy Context - Climate Change carbon energy, local planning authorities published for consultation by Fylde BC in should recognise the responsibility on all March 2014. Then document includes the What the NPPF says communities to contribute to energy generation following relevant key themes: from renewable or low carbon sources. They 10.6.1 Paragraph 93 says that planning plays a key should: Coastal Protection role in helping shape places to secure radical • have a positive strategy to promote energy reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, from renewable and low carbon sources; The Issues minimising vulnerability and providing resilience to the impacts of climate change, • design their policies to maximise renewable 10.5.2 The Fylde Coastline consists of a mixture of and supporting the delivery of renewable and low carbon energy development while natural and built defences that are at risk for and low carbon energy and associated ensuring that adverse impacts are addressed coastal erosion and flooding. At the Northern infrastructure. This is central to the economic, satisfactorily, including cumulative landscape end, a long wide stretch of sandy dunes social and environmental dimensions of and visual impacts; provides protection. However, these sandy sustainable development. • consider identifying suitable areas for dunes, while accreting in some places are renewable and low carbon energy sources, eroding in others. If left unmanaged a flow 10.6.2 Paragraph 94 says that local planning and supporting infrastructure, where this route for coastal flooding would form. The authorities should adopt proactive strategies to would help secure the development of such southern end is a mixture of both sand dunes mitigate and adapt to climate change, taking sources; supported by 3 strategic headlands. The full account of flood risk, coastal change and • support community-led initiatives for shoreline is in need of major investment. The water supply and demand considerations. renewable and low carbon energy, including 3 strategic headlands generally maintain good developments outside such areas being beach levels between them fronting properties, 10.6.3 Paragraph 95 says that to support the move to taken forward through neighbourhood and also provide erosion protection to the a low carbon future, local planning authorities planning; Ribble Estuary. should: • identify opportunities where development can • plan for new development in locations Policy and Strategy draw its energy supply from decentralised, and ways which reduce greenhouse gas renewable or low carbon energy supply emissions; 10.5.3 The aim of a Shoreline Management Plan systems and for co-locating potential heat (SMP2) is to identify policies to manage • actively support energy efficiency customers and suppliers. risks. The SMP policy for the Fylde Coast is improvements to existing buildings; and to “hold the line”; this means strengthening, • when setting any local requirement for a 10.6.6 Paragraph 99 says that Local Plans should maintaining or rebuilding the existing defences building’s sustainability, do so in a way take account of climate change over the to maintain the existing shoreline. The strategy consistent with the Government’s zero longer term, including factors such as flood appraisal report for the Fylde shoreline carbon buildings policy and adopt nationally risk, coastal change, water supply and strategy has recently been accepted by the described standards. changes to biodiversity and landscape. New Environment Agency. The key purpose for this development should be planned to avoid strategy is to provide a long term 100 year 10.6.4 Paragraph 96 and 98 sets out the relevant increased vulnerability to the range of impacts plan for the management of the Fylde shore considerations to be taken into account in arising from climate change. When new line. Whilst the shore line within the District is determining planning applications. development is brought forward in areas which in need of major investment the strategy and a are vulnerable, care should be taken to ensure

Chapter 10:12 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 that risks can be managed through suitable 10.6.8 Paragraphs 101 to 104 set out the Fylde Local Plan (adopted 2005) adaptation measures, including through the requirements for a sequential test to steer planning of green infrastructure. new development to areas with the lowest 10.6.12 Policy EP30 says that development will not be probability of flooding and set out the relevant permitted which would: 10.6.7 Paragraph 100 says that inappropriate considerations for determining planning development in areas at risk of flooding applications. 1. Itself be subject to an unacceptable risk of should be avoided by directing development flooding; away from areas at highest risk, but where 10.6.9 Paragraph 105 says that in coastal areas, 2. Create an unacceptable increase in the risk development is necessary, making it safe local planning authorities should take account of flooding within the development site, or without increasing flood risk elsewhere. Local of the UK Marine Policy Statement and marine elsewhere; Plans should be supported by Strategic Flood plans and apply Integrated Coastal Zone 3. Adversely affect the water environment as a Risk Assessment and develop policies to Management across local authority and land/ result of an increase in surface water run- manage flood risk from all sources, taking sea boundaries, ensuring integration of the off; account of advice from the Environment terrestrial and marine planning regimes. Agency and other relevant flood risk 4. Prejudice the capability of the coast to form management bodies, such as lead local flood 10.6.10 Paragraph 106 says that local planning a natural sea defence; authorities and internal drainage boards. Local authorities should reduce risk from coastal 5. Result in excessive culverting; Plans should apply a sequential, risk-based change by avoiding inappropriate development 6. Prejudice essential access requirements to approach to the location of development to in vulnerable areas or adding to the impacts watercourses or flood defence. avoid where possible flood risk to people and of physical changes to the coast. They should property and manage any residual risk, taking identify as a Coastal Change Management 10.6.11 Policy EP31 says that development will not be account of the impacts of climate change, by: Area any area likely to be affected by physical permitted which requires abstraction of water • applying the Sequential Test; changes to the coast, and: from the Fylde aquifer where this would be • be clear as to what development will be • if necessary, applying the Exception Test; likely to lead to low flows in local rivers, where appropriate in such areas and in what it would adversely affect existing abstractions • safeguarding land from development that circumstances; and or where it would damage aquatic features. is required for current and future flood • make provision for development and management; infrastructure that needs to be relocated The Emerging Local Plan • using opportunities offered by new away from Coastal Change Management development to reduce the causes and Areas. 10.6.12 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred impacts of flooding; and Options paper sets out the following policies • where climate change is expected to 10.6.11 Paragraphs 107 and 108 set out the relevant relating to the Natural Environment. increase flood risk so that some existing considerations for determining planning development may not be sustainable in the applications. 10.6.13 Strategic Objective 2 is: long-term, seeking opportunities to facilitate To improve the environment by: the relocation of development, including housing, to more sustainable locations. 1. Protecting, enhancing and restoring the quality, character and distinctiveness of the biodiversity and landscape of Fylde Borough.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 10:13 2. Expanding biodiversity resources, under paragraph 100 of the NPPF. All new Contributions will be made through including improving habitat connectivity, development is required to minimise flood Section 106 agreements or the Community particularly away from the coastal edge. risk impacts on the environment and mitigate Infrastructure Levy, as set out in Policy INF2. 3. Promoting green infrastructure throughout against the likely effects of Climate Change Developer contributions will be required for the urban and rural areas. on present and future generations. This will be the repair or replacement of the coastal flood achieved by: defences and the maintenance of the dunes 4. Improving access to the natural system. Contributions will be made through the environment. a) Ensuring that new development Community Infrastructure Levy. 5. Protecting and enhancing the built and incorporates Sustainable Drainage historic environment and requiring new Systems (SuDS), where such 10.6.16 Policy CL2 - Renewable and Low Carbon development to meet the highest quality development will generate surface water Energy Generation: says that renewable and urban design. run-off. low carbon energy development potential 6. Minimising the risk of flooding, both b) Supporting the retrofitting of SuDS in is significant within Fylde. Developers tidal and fluvial, to existing and new locations that generate surface water run- of commercial, small and medium sized development and improving bathing water off. renewable and low carbon energy quality. developments will be required to provide c) Improving water efficiency standards by evidence, to the satisfaction of the local 7. Protecting the best and most versatile minimising the use of potable mains water authority, in support of their proposals by agricultural land and increasing UK food in new development and incorporating considering the following: security. measures to recycle and conserve water resources. a) Singular or cumulative impacts on 8. Protecting existing areas of Green Belt. landscape and townscape character and It is not intended that there will be a d) Ensuring that new development is directed value; strategic review of the Green Belt within away from areas at high risk of flooding Fylde during the plan period. and incorporating appropriate mitigation b) Impact on local residents (including noise, against flooding in areas of lower risk. odour and visual amenity, such as flicker 9. Promoting sustainable renewable and low noise and shadow flicker); carbon energy, in order to reduce carbon e) Ensuring that watercourses, which emissions. are important habitats for water voles c) Ecological impact, including migration routes of protected bird species; 10. Supporting the Regional Park Plan for the and other species, are protected from Ribble Coast and Wetlands. encroachment and adverse impacts d) Impacts on land resources, including and that water quality is maintained and agricultural land and areas of deep peat; 11. Ensuring that infrastructure is available to improved. enable new development, whilst protecting e) Impacts on the historic environment and and enhancing the natural and built f) Seeking to maximise the potential of assets; environment. Green Infrastructure within developments f) Community, economic and environmental to contribute to flood relief. 12. Retaining the identity, character and benefits of the proposal; setting of the rural villages. g) Ensuring that new development does g) Impacts on aviation and defence not adversely affect the quality of navigation systems and communications, groundwater. 10.6.14 Policy CL1 - Flood Alleviation and Water particularly Blackpool International Airport, Efficiency: says that planning decisions should Warton Aerodrome and MOD Radio follow the sequential, risk-based approach 10.6.15 Developer contributions will be required for the Inskip; and to the location of development, as required provision and maintenance of SuDS, where h) Impacts on highway safety and capacity this is not provided as part of the development. from movements associated with the development.

Chapter 10:14 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 10.6.16 The evidence will be required to demonstrate Applicants will not be required to justify the energy supply or district heating/cooling that any impacts can be satisfactorily overall need for renewable and low carbon system is planned to be sited will be required addressed but need only be proportional to the energy development, either in a national, to allow for future connectivity at a later date or scale and type of development. regional or local context. phase.

10.6.16 Renewable and low carbon energy proposals 10.6.17 Policy CL3 - Decentralised Energy Networks 10.6.18 Policy CL4 - Sustainability Statements: within the Green Belt and Area of Separation and District Heating Systems: says that Small says that measures to improve the energy will need to demonstrate that any adverse scale decentralised energy schemes will be performance of buildings will be encouraged. impacts of granting permission will not encouraged within development schemes significantly and demonstrably outweigh the and as part of community-led initiatives. All benefits, when assessed against the policies in major developments will be required to explore the NPPF as a whole, specific policies in that the potential for decentralised energy supply Framework, or other policies in the Local Plan. and district heating/cooling systems. Major developments located where a decentralised

10.7 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options 1 Protecting and Enhancing Environmental Assets Flood Risk: 1.1 How should the NDP respond to the issue of widespread surface water flooding •• Consider specific policies e.g. SUDS throughout the town? 2 Renewable Energy •• Consider specific policy •• Consider an NDO to facilitate greater take up of domestic/commercial How should/ can the NDP encourage the adoption of appropriate renewable energy 2.1 small scale renewable energy schemes technologies? •• Promote a district heating scheme (include proposal in Implementation Plan and consider specific policy) Improving the thermal efficiency of existing housing stock. 2.2 The relatively poor thermal efficiency of the existing housing stock has been •• Consider specific policy to encourage improvements identified as an issue under Housing.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 10:15 REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. Environment Agency-web based Flood Risk Mapping (2014) 2. Fylde Strategic Flood Risk Assessment - 2011 3. The Lancashire Renewable Energy Study 2011 (Lancashire CC) 4. Blackpool and Fylde Coast Protection Strategy Strategic Environmental Assessment: Scoping Consultation Document – 2011 5. North West England and North Wales 6. Shoreline Management Plan SMP2(SMP2) 7. The North West Regional Coastal Strategy 2008 – 2032 8. The Lancashire Climate Change Strategy 2009 to 2020 9. Draft Fylde Coastal Masterplan - Fylde BC - March 2014 10. Lancashire Green Infrastructure Strategy - 2007 11. The Fylde Green Infrastructure Strategy - 2011 12. The National Planning Policy Framework – DCLG-2012 13. Fylde Borough Local Plan - May 2003 14. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review - October2005 15. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options - July 2013 16. National Planning Practice Guidance-DCLG-2014

Chapter 10:16 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 11

Transport and Movement

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 11.0 Transport and Movement

11.1 Introduction 11.2.4 The area is also served by the South Fylde 11.3.2 Those affecting the NDP area are as follows: railway line which links Blackpool South station 11.1.1 This Chapter describes the current with Preston with stations in the centre of St. Highways - funding is in place for the M55 to and proposed transport and movement Anne’s, and at Squires Gate Lane to the north. Heyhouses link as shown on Figures 11.1 and infrastructure serving the St. Anne’s NDP area. 11.4 and is under the control of the Highways It explains the current and emerging planning 11.2.5 In addition to road and rail transport the area Agency; policy context, and identifies key transport has a network of cycleways, footpaths and and movement issues which the NDP could bridleways as shown on Figure 11.2 Railways - South Fylde line, possible layover address. near Kirkham and Wesham, new loop to allow 11.2.6 Public transport is primarily rail (station at St. trains to pass. Network Rail’s next ‘control 11.2 Existing Transport and Movement Anne’s with services to Blackpool South and period’ which indicates projects and funding Infrastructure Preston), and bus as shown in Figure 11.3 is 2015-2019 and details are due towards the (overleaf). The most frequent bus services are end of 2014; 11.2.1 Figure 11.1 (overleaf) provides the overall along the coast (Clifton Drive being the busiest context to the area and how it is served by bus route). Tram - there is a suppressed demand for road and rail, the location of Blackpool Airport continuation of the existing Blackpool tram and the NDP boundary. 11.2.7 For visitors coming to St. Anne’s, in addition network into St. Anne’s and Lytham. Blackpool to public transport (road and rail) many use Tram network has received EU funding via the 11.2.2 The NDP area is located directly to the private cars and car parking is a major issue SINTROPHER project but there is currently no south of Blackpool and north of Lytham and for the town. The Borough Council operates a funding for a further extension south; includes the Blackpool Airport site to the car parking strategy and controls a number of north. Highway access from the end of the key pay and display car parks in the centre of Cycleways - completion of the link between M55 is currently via the A5230 (Progress Way) St. Anne’s as shown in Figure 11.3 (overleaf). St. Anne’s and Lytham and links north turning into either the B5261 (Queensway On street parking is controlled by the County towards Blackpool beyond the airport, along becoming Heyhouses Lane) or the A584 Council’s Highways department. Queensway, Midgeland Road and Wilding (Clifton Drive) as North Houses Lane is closed Lane. to through traffic. The A584 (Clifton Drive) 11.3 Proposed Transport Infrastructure runs through the area linking Blackpool to the Improvements 11.4 Evidence Documents north with Lytham to the south. The B5233 (St. Anne’s Road) provides the main link between 11.3.1 The Draft Developing Infrastructure Delivery Developing Infrastructure Delivery Plan Queensway to the north east and Clifton Road Plan for Fylde (2013) sets out the key (2013) to the south west and is the main gateway infrastructure improvements anticipated and access to the town centre and railway station. proposed within the Fylde Council area. All 11.4.1 The IDP covers much more than just transport, such projects require significant levels of rail, road etc – it also covers utilities, minerals 11.2.3 Within this framework of main roads the funding from a range of government bodies and waste, flooding, education, emergency area consists of a predominantly grid iron in addition to the local council, and unless services, community facilities and there is a structure of roads serving the older areas of indicated there is currently no funding in place. section on ‘Green Infrastructure’. housing and cul de sac structure in the more modern housing layouts. Access by road both to and within the area is relatively easy and straightforward and there have been few changes in recent years.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 11:1 Figure 11.1: Transport and Movement Context St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

Chapter 11:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 11.2: Footpaths, Bridleways and Cycle Routes

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 11:3 11.4.2 The strategic road network is controlled by 11.4.5 The Council recognises a “suppressed sought for the ‘Rock and Water Gardens’. In the Highways Agency. The key project for the demand” for continuation of the tram network addition the current Open Space, Sport and NDP area is the M55 to Heyhouses link Road into St. Anne’s and Lytham and refers to the Recreation Assessment (2008) is planned for (see Figures 11.1 and 11.4). The link road EU funded SINTROPHER project but provides an update. The Council recognises that the has planning permission as part of the 1,150 no details. Starr Hills Local Nature Reserve (LNR) is in dwellings at Queensway. It will improve access need of improvement and overall recognises a to and from junction 4 of the M55 and St. 11.4.6 The Airport is recognised as important to the deficiency in trees and woodlands. Anne’s, and accommodate the additional traffic local economy but is itself currently making generated by the Queensway development. a loss. The 2009 masterplan is currently Draft Fylde Coast Highways and Transport It will be wholly funded through developer being updated. The 5ha site (Site E2 in the Masterplan (2015) contributions with an estimated cost of £21 Emerging Local Plan) on the north side has Million. It is scheduled for completion in 2016. been put forward for specialised employment 11.4.10 Lancashire County Council is producing uses. five Highways and Transport Masterplans that reflect the county’s economic areas, 11.4.3 For public transport the IDP recognises that 11.4.7 The IDP recognises that cycling can reduce one of which is the Fylde Coast, produced bus services are easier and quicker to upgrade congestion and emissions and encourage in cooperation with Blackpool Council and than rail services. The most frequent services health and wellbeing but needs to be safe, covering Blackpool, Fylde and Wyre. The are understandably along the coast. Railways attractive and convenient. The route between masterplans set out a cohesive highways and serving the area are operated by Network Rail. St. Anne’s and Lytham is not currently transport strategy for the whole county, linking The next control period1 is 2015-2019 and is complete and improvements need to be made economic development, spatial planning and due towards the end of 2014 which will indicate to links north towards Blackpool beyond the public health priorities to the wider policy projects and funding. Blackpool North to airport and lists Queensway, Midgeland Road objectives of the County Council, Blackburn Preston is to be electrified in 2015. The Park and Wilding Lane. with Darwen Council and Blackpool Council. and Ride idea at Kirkham and Wesham has dropped off the priority list. 11.4.8 In relation to flood risk and coastal defence 11.4.11 For St Anne’s the Draft Masterplan includes there are issues along the St. Anne’s frontage. the following key projects: 11.4.4 Services on the South Fylde line are The preferred strategy between Fairhaven • M55 to Heyhouses link recognised as both infrequent and unreliable Lake and St. Anne’s is to replace the existing • South Fylde Rail line study but no facts are provided to support hard defences thereby creating a new wider the statement of unreliability. Ideas for promenade which in turn could attract more • Improved Cycle routes improvement include a layover near Kirkham visitors. Work could start in 2014 but funding and Wesham – therefore removing current is required. CIL funding could be used for 11.4.12 The M55 to Heyhouses link, through the blockage and helping journey times to Preston, ongoing dune management. Growth Deal negotiated by the Lancashire and a new loop to allow trains to pass. The Enterprise Partnership, should start in 2015/16. Council supports ideas but would not be 11.4.9 The term ‘Green Infrastructure’ is included at The new link will provide a direct route fit responsible for implementation. the end of the Plan and refers to parks and for all users between the M55 at junction 4 other greenspaces and how they are linked and A583 Preston New Road to the B5261 1 Network Rail Control Periods are the 5-year timespans and used. The Council maintains parks and Blackpool Road in St. Anne’s, using an initial into which Network Rail, the owner and operator of gardens in Lytham and St. Anne’s but in some section of link road that was completed a most of the rail infrastructure in Great Britain, works for other areas they have been passed to Town number of years ago. It will give better access financial and other planning purposes. Each Control Councils. Ashton Gardens in St. Anne’s has to development sites, including Whitehills and Period begins on 1 April and ends on 31 March to coincide with the financial year. recently been refurbished. Funding is being Blackpool International Airport, to new housing

Chapter 11:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Figure 11.3: Public Transport and Main Car Parks St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 11:5 Route of proposed M55 to Heyhouses Link Road at Heyhouses and for tourism, including future hosting of the R&A Open Figure 11.4: Golf Championships. The scheme will also provide some congestion relief and allow Wild Lane to be used as a sustainable transport link by pedestrians, cyclist and equestrians.

11.4.13 Through an extension to the original SINTROPHER project, LCC have been able to secure further funding to carry out a study on the South Fylde Line, to take place during 2014/15. It will look at the future role of the line, the best way to enhance the role of the line in providing a southern gateway to Blackpool and to establish what the most viable and cost effective way of linking the line and the Blackpool Tramway would be and what benefits such a link would bring. The plan recognises that the line does not provide an effective commuter service and is underutilised when compared to rail lines serving similar populations. The service on the line is infrequent and the rolling stock poor. The two lines lie only 300m apart in places, but if they were to be connected, then the Fylde Coast would have a through rail service from end to end, making rail travel easy for both commuters and tourists. Proposed highway 11.4.14 The Fylde Coast Cycle Network will build on work already undertaken between Fleetwood and Starr Gate and in St Anne’s, as well as the Blackpool Explorer routes and initiatives that are underway such as Blackpool Green Corridors. Key to the network will be the completion of the Fylde Coastal Way, the towpaths of the Lancaster Canal and the creation of Explorer Mini-wheels, family friendly, multi user circular routes aimed at the leisure and tourist market and Green Spokes that will allow safe access by cycle to key employment destinations.

Local Transport Plan 2011 – 2021 LCC (2011)

11.4.15 The Local Transport Plan (LTP) is produced by the County Council and covers a 10 year period for the whole county. The new ‘Fylde Coast Highways and Transport Masterplan’ referred to above, is being produced by the Council. It is part of a series of 5 masterplans covering 12 districts. This provides a more up to date vision for the county and specific schemes and projects affecting the NDP area and reflect more recent activities.

Fylde Car Parking Strategy (updated 2013)

11.4.16 Fylde BC owns 20 car parks, representing 1,585 spaces, but this does not include on street parking which is controlled by Lancashire CC and

05/10/0779 CONSTRUCTION OF NEW HIGHWAY (COMPLETION OF M55 TO HEYHOUSES LINK) AND IMPROVEMENTS TO EXISTING HIGHWAYS Chapter 11:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015

This Map is reproduced from Ordnance Survey material with the permission of Ordnance Survey on behalf of the controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office (C) Crown Copyright. Unauthorised reproduction infringes Crown Copyright and may lead to Prosecution or civil proceedings. 1:15,000 Lancashire County Council Licence No. 100023320 there are other operators in the area such as rights of way for exercise and other forms reduce congestion. In preparing Local Plans, NCP. of open air recreation and enjoyment, and local planning authorities should therefore the accessibility of rights of way to blind and support a pattern of development which, where 11.4.17 The Council owned car parks located in the partially sighted persons and others with reasonable to do so, facilitates the use of area are shown on Figure11.3 and are: mobility problems. sustainable modes of transport. • Wood Street CP 11.5 Planning Policy Context - Transport and 11.5.5 Paragraph 31 advises that local authorities • St Anne’s Square CP Movement should work with neighbouring authorities and • Council offices and town hall CP transport providers to develop strategies for • North Promenade What the NPPF says the provision of viable infrastructure necessary to support sustainable development, including • St Anne’s Pool 11.5.1 NPPF provides a general background and large scale facilities such as rail freight • St Alban’s Road desire for sustainable communities. Transport interchanges, roadside facilities for motorists is important both for wider sustainability and or transport investment necessary to support 11.4.18 The strategy recognises that it is important health objectives. Stresses safe environments, strategies for the growth of ports, airports or to get the balance right for the users such cycling, pedestrian movement, public transport other major generators of travel demand in as residents, shoppers and visitors and also etc as one would expect.11.5.2 Paragraph their areas. The primary function of roadside to serve the needs of the disabled, coach 17 lists as one of the core planning principles facilities for motorists should be to support the parking etc. Operating and maintenance of the that planning should actively manage patterns safety and welfare of the road user. Council’s car parks is covered by the revenue of growth to make the fullest possible use of derived. public transport, walking and cycling, and focus 11.5.6 Paragraph 32 advises that plans and significant development in locations which are decisions should take account of whether: 11.4.19 Car parks require a competitive tariff and the or can be made sustainable. • the opportunities for sustainable transport Council considers current tariffs to be correct. modes have been taken up depending on the Pay and display is the current option. Pay on 11.5.3 Paragraph 29 advises that transport nature and location of the site, to reduce the foot has been considered but rejected as not policies have an important role to play in need for major transport infrastructure; easy to implement and too costly. facilitating sustainable development but also in contributing to wider sustainability and • safe and suitable access to the site can be achieved for all people; and 11.4.20 Signage is important and needs to be clear so health objectives. Smarter use of technologies as to help visitors. There is a recognised lack can reduce the need to travel. The transport • improvements can be undertaken within the of cycle and coach parking which needs to be system needs to be balanced in favour of transport network that cost effectively limit addressed. sustainable transport modes, giving people a the significant impacts of the development. real choice about how they travel. However, Development should only be prevented or The Lancashire Rights of Way Improvement the Government recognises that different refused on transport grounds where the Plan (ROWIP) 2005 policies and measures will be required in residual cumulative impacts of development different communities and opportunities to are severe. 11.4.21 Produced to meet the requirements of the maximise sustainable transport solutions will Countryside and Rights of Way (CROW) Act vary from urban to rural areas. 11.5.7 Paragraph 33 says that when planning for 2000. Assesses the extent to which rights of ports, airports and airfields that are not subject way meet the present and likely future needs 11.5.4 Paragraph 30 says that encouragement to a separate national policy statement, plans of the public, the opportunities provided by should be given to solutions which support should take account of their growth and role reductions in greenhouse gas emissions and in serving business, leisure, training and

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 11:7 emergency service needs. Plans should take over 3 hectares of land, will only be permitted account of the Framework as well as the 11.5.11 Paragraph 38 advises that for larger scale where: principles set out in the relevant national policy residential developments in particular, planning statements and the Government Framework policies should promote a mix of uses in 1. The location is served by a satisfactory for UK Aviation. order to provide opportunities to undertake existing level of public transport, or, as a day-to-day activities including work on site. result of investment by the developer, is 11.5.8 Paragraph 34 says that plans and decisions Where practical, particularly within large-scale brought to a satisfactory level of service, should ensure developments that generate developments, key facilities such as primary before the development is first occupied; significant movement are located where schools and local shops should be located the need to travel will be minimised and within walking distance of most properties. 2. Adequate bus stopping, waiting and the use of sustainable transport modes can turning facilities exist, or are provided by be maximised. However this needs to take 11.5.12 Paragraph 39 says that if setting local parking the developer in or near the development. account of policies set out elsewhere in the standards for residential and non-residential Framework, particularly in rural areas. development, local planning authorities should 11.5.16 Where necessary, the council will negotiate an take into account: agreement with the developer to secure the 11.5.9 Paragraph 35 advises that plans should • the accessibility of the development; level of service and/or facilities referred to. protect and exploit opportunities for the use of sustainable transport modes for the movement • the type, mix and use of development; 11.5.17 Policy TR6 seeks to retain specified car parks of goods or people. Therefore, developments • the availability of and opportunities for public in their existing use. These are: NCP multi- should be located and designed where transport; storey car park; North Promenade, St. Anne’s practical to: • local car ownership levels; and Pier; and Wood street • accommodate the efficient delivery of goods • an overall need to reduce the use of high- and supplies; 11.5.18 Policy TR7 says that the development of emission vehicles. additional on street parking will be permitted • give priority to pedestrian and cycle within the town centre at St. Anne’s Road West movements, and have access to high quality 11.5.13 Paragraph 40 advises that local authorities (The Square), Orchard Road and Park Road. public transport facilities; should seek to improve the quality of parking • create safe and secure layouts which in town centres so that it is convenient, safe 11.5.19 Policy TR10 sets out criteria for development minimise conflicts between traffic and cyclists and secure, including appropriate provision which includes car parks or pedestrians, avoiding street clutter and for motorcycles. They should set appropriate where appropriate establishing home zones; parking charges that do not undermine the 11.5.20 Policy TR13 safeguards a corridor of land for vitality of town centres. Parking enforcement the proposed Heyhouses to M55 link. • incorporate facilities for charging plug-in and should be proportionate. other ultra-low emission vehicles; and 11.5.21 Policy TR14 says that the open lands of the • consider the needs of people with disabilities 11.5.14 Paragraph 41 advises that local planning airport will be safeguarded from development by all modes of transport. authorities should identify and protect, under Policy SP3. The continuing operation where there is robust evidence, sites and and viability of the airport as a sub-regional 11.5.10 Paragraph 37 says that planning policies routes which could be critical in developing facility will be supported. Development should aim for a balance of land uses within infrastructure to widen transport choice. required in relation to the operation of the their area so that people can be encouraged airport will be located in the areas outside the to minimise journey lengths for employment, Fylde Local Plan (adopted 2005) green belt identified on the proposals map. shopping, leisure, education and other 11.5.15 Policy TR5 says that large scale new activities. developments, involving over 100 dwellings or

Chapter 11:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 The Emerging Local Plan and Wesham Railway Station. Council will seek to: 11.5.24 Policy T1 - Strategic Highway Improvements: 11.5.22 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- says that a corridor of land within Fylde a) Improve community health and wellbeing Preferred Options paper sets out the Borough, including the option south of Mains by providing alternative means of following policies relating to Transport and Lane, is proposed for the route of the M55 transport such as walking and cycling. Movement. – Norcross Link Road (the Blue Route), This will be achieved through the provision as shown on the FBLP Proposals Map. of additional footpaths, cycleways and 11.5.23 Strategic Objective 3 is: Making services Development which would prejudice the future bridleways, where appropriate, and accessible by: implementation of the road scheme will not locating new development where they are 1. Taking an integrated approach to the be permitted. The following strategic highway currently available; location of development with improved improvements will be supported: a) The M55 to b) Reduce the environmental impact of accessibility to key facilities (by walking, Norcross Link Road b) The M55 to Heyhouses transport through suitable mitigation and cycling and public transport) in order Link Road c) The M55 junction 2 and Preston design; to provide the opportunity for reduced Western Distributor. The A585(T) Corridor reliance on the private car. c) Reduce transport emissions, such as Study will also be supported. carbon dioxide and other greenhouse 2. Reducing rural isolation and social gases, by encouraging greater usage of exclusion through the protection and 11.5.25 Policy T2 - Blackpool International Airport: public transport facilities; provision of public transport, key services says that the open lands of the airport and facilities such as local shops and identified on the FBLP Proposals Map will d) Reduce congestion in the Borough’s doctors’ surgeries. This may be linked to be safeguarded from non airport related key service centres to promote limited amounts of new housing in the development and the continuing operation competitiveness and enhance the tourism rural villages. and viability of the airport as a sub-regional economy; 3. Promoting the South Fylde Rail Line and facility will be supported. Further development e) Actively promote travel plans for all its Community Rail Partnership status, required in relation to the operation of the new developments, in accordance with including improved access to Blackpool airport, or development of ancillary leisure Department for Transport guidance on International Airport and supporting uses, will be located in the areas outside the transport assessments; proposals for a link to a new junction 2 of Green Belt identified on the FBLP Proposals f) Improve public transport to rural parts the M55 motorway. Map, unless there are overriding operational of the Borough and, where appropriate, requirements that constitute very special 4. Facilitating appropriate development at support and implement innovative rural circumstances and which justify development transport initiatives; Blackpool International Airport. in the Green Belt. 5. Encouraging the improvement/ g) Provide a Park and Ride scheme at construction of the M55/Heyhouses Link 11.5.26 Policy T3 - Enhancing Sustainable Transport Kirkham and Wesham station, along with Road. Choice: says that in order to secure the long improved access to station platforms; and 6. Continuing the Council’s involvement term viability of the Borough and allow for the h) Improve and upgrade the South Fylde in key decisions seeking to improve increased movement of people and goods, railway line. congestion on the A585 trunk road, the Council will work with neighbouring particularly seeking to deliver the M55 to authorities and transport providers to improve Norcross Link Road. accessibility, safety and quality of life for residents and reduce the Borough’s carbon 7. Improving access and provision of Park footprint. Over the Local Plan period the and Ride and a pedestrian lift at Kirkham

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 11:9 11.5.27 Policy T4 - Parking Standards: says that the Council will apply the parking standards included in Appendix 4 until such time as they are reviewed locally. A flexible approach will be applied, dependent on the location of the development concerned.

11.6 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options

1 Public Transport •• Identify requirements Additional bus services will be required linked to areas of new housing development. Fylde BC is •• Policy requiring new development to consider public 1.1 encouraging green travel plans with new applications transport provision and address any deficiency •• Include proposal in the Implementation Plan •• Policy requiring new development to consider public 1.2 Can current overall bus services be improved transport provision and address any deficiency 2 Rail South Fylde Line – layover Need to consider what potential there is for action, options may be limited. Probably little can do directly- but consider necessary improvements to existing railway stations, •• Policy to encourage station improvements/park and ride 2.1 including potential need for additional park and ride parking. •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding Assess new ‘control period ‘ funding once available in 2014 May not be any funding in new plan period – usage levels may need to increase significantly before further investment in the line South Fylde Line – loop Assess new ‘control period ‘ funding once available in 2014 2.2 •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding May not be any funding in new plan period – usage levels may need to increase significantly before further •• Investigate status of SINTROPHER Project funding before 2.3 Extension of Blackpool LRT south considering specific policies or proposals •• Implementation Plan

Chapter 11:10 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 3 Cycling Improvements to St. Anne’s to Lytham cycle routes •• Policy to facilitate improvements 3.1 Are there notable gaps, small scale minor improvements which will make a big difference overall? •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding •• Policy to facilitate improvements 3.2 Improvements to routes north to Blackpool including Queensway, Midgeland Road and Wilding Lane •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding 4 Pedestrians •• Policy to facilitate improvements 4.1 Opportunities for improved wider promenade as a result of coastal defence work •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding Is there potential for a Community Activity Trail- an integrated pedestrian/ cycle network-linking key •• Policy to facilitate improvements 4.2 recreation and social infrastructure assets, including linking new peripheral developments with town core. Potential health, lifestyle and economic benefits •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding 5 Car Parking Current level of public parking – is it sufficient based on projected population increase? Will there be •• Consider specific policies to encourage new car park 5.1 sufficient spaces to “capture”/ serve the new population (in particular on edge of settlement) at local provision and town centre’s to prevent leakage of trade? •• Review boundaries 5.2 Are the current boundaries of the town centre on-street parking area correct? •• Consider specific policy in relation to new boundaries 5.3 Improved signage •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding 5.4 Enforcement of parking restrictions in town centre-impacting on businesses •• Management Issue 6 Blackpool International Airport Are there any issues relating to the operation/ future development of Blackpool Airport International 6.1 Airport which the NDP could /should address? 7 M55 Link Road •• The developers of the new Queensway estate have At present the only two routes into St. Anne’s are Queensway (B5261) or Clifton Drive North (A584) agreed to provide a link road from the development to the North Houses Lane (the “moss” road) is closed indefinitely. M55 near B&Q. 7.1 Both roads are already heavily used and the closure of one in the event of roadwork’s etc has a •• Construction has not yet started and discussions are severe impact on the other route. ongoing.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 11:11 REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. Lancashire Local Transport Plan – 2011 to 2021 2. The Lancashire Rights of Way Improvement Plan (ROWIP) 2005. 3. Fylde Car Parking Strategy (2009); 4. The National Planning Policy Framework – DCLG-2012 5. Fylde Borough Local Plan-May 2003 6. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review - October2005 7. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options - July 2013 8. Developing Infrastructure Development Plan – Fylde BC- (2013) 9. National Planning Practice Guidance-DCLG- 2014 10. Draft Fylde Coast Highways and Transport Masterplan (2015)

Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 12

Culture & Community Infrastructure

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 12.0 Culture & Community Infrastructure

12.1 Introduction Table 12.2: Education Facilities Latest OFSTED 12.1.1 This section describes the existing provision Plan Overall of cultural, recreational and other social School Name Address Type Ref Assessment infrastructure in the St. Anne’s area, and Report explains the current planning policy context. Clarendon Road North, Lytham Heyhouses Endowed C Of E 12.2 Cultural Facilities 1 St Anne’s Primary Outstanding Primary School FY8 3EE 12.2.1 Table 12.1 below lists the Key cultural related Lytham St. Anne’s Mayfield St. Leonards Road East, 2 Primary Good facilities within the NDP Area (see also Figure Primary School Lytham St. Anne’s, FY8 2HQ 12.1): Kenilworth Road Our Lady Star Of The Sea Address4: St. Anne’s Lytham Table 12.1: Key Cultural Facilities 3 Catholic Primary School Primary Outstanding St Anne’s Name of Comments/ Lytham St Anne’s Address FY8 1LB Facility Issues Sydney Street 4 Oak Tree Children’s Centre Lytham St. Anne’s Primary 254 Clifton FY8 1TR Drive South, St. Lancashire St. Anne’s St Thomas Road Anne’son Sea, County St Thomas Ce Primary Library 5 St Anne’s Primary Good Lancs Council School FY8 1JN FY8 1NR Clitheroe Road Ansdell S Promenade 6 Clifton Primary School Primary Good Lytham St Lytham St Anne’s Island Cinema Private Anne’s FY8 3PY Lancs FY8 1LY Lytham St. Anne’s Lowther Terrace Technology Worsley Rd, Lytham St. Anne’s, Lowther Located Just 7 Secondary Good Lytham St. And Performing Arts College FY8 4DG Pavillion outside NDP Anne’s FY8 Theatre Area 5QQ Arnold Keqms (“Aks”), Clifton Private, Drive South, Lytham St. 8 Age 2 to 12.2.2 Table12.2 sets out current education facilities Anne’s, Lancashire. Fy8 1DT 18 within the St. Anne’s NDP Area. It should be Tel: 01253 784100 noted that catchment areas for these schools 293 Clifton Drive South, Lytham Private, St. Anne’s College Grammar may extend beyond the NDP boundary. 9 St. Anne’s, Lancashire. Fy8 1hn Age 2 to School Tel: 01253 725815 18

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:1 Figure 12.1: Cultural & Social Assets

St. Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan

Neighbourhood Profile

Chapter 12:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Capacity Issues to be additional primary school provision in the Our priorities focus on three areas: area. The timing of the proposed new primary • Supporting people with long-term conditions; 12.2.3 The Fylde BC document Developing school on the Queensway site will also be Infrastructure Delivery Plan for Fylde (June critical if existing local primary schools are not • Preventing ill health; 2013) states that whilst there is an overall to be placed under greater pressure. • Commissioning safe, quality services. surplus of primary school places in Lytham and St. Anne’s, several schools are at capacity, 12.3 Health Provision Supporting people with long-term conditions namely: • Clifton Primary School Primary Health Services This includes: • Ansdell Primary School • Developing more socio-medical model of 12.3.1 Primary health care provision in the NDP area care (ie where social and environmental • Heyhouses Endowed Church of England is the responsibility of the NHS Fylde and Wyre factors are considered as well as medical Primary School Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG). Table ones); 12.3 lists the current GP services available for • St Peter’s Catholic Primary School (outside • Reducing hospital admissions; NDP area) the area: • Reducing cancer deaths; • Lytham Hall Park Primary School (outside Table 12.3: GP Medical Practices NDP Area) • Improving outcomes for people who have Name Address had a stroke; Lancashire County Council has projected • Improving diabetes, heart failure, COPD, Old Links 104 Highbury Road, FY8 that there will be a significant overall shortfall Mental Health, use of AQUA. Surgery 2LY of primary school places within the next five years, taking account of the recent expansion Popular House 24/26 St. Anne’s Road Preventing ill Health of Lytham Hall Park Primary School and the Surgery East, FY8 1UR assumption that the proposed expansion of Park Medical St. Anne’s Health Centre, This includes: Heyhouses Endowed CE Primary School is Practice Durham Ave, FY8 2EP • Ensuring a better start in life for children; approved. LCC has identified the Lytham and Clifton Medical St. Anne’s Health Centre, • Reducing the number of children who are St. Anne’s area as a hot spot where additional Practice Durham Ave, FY8 2EP places are likely to be needed in the near obese; Andsell Medical future. Albany Road, FY84GW • Reducing the number of mothers who Centre smoke. The Section 106 agreement in place for the The Strategic priorities of the CCG are Queensway site will provide for a new primary Commissioning safe, quality services school, but this will predominantly serve the stated as being (source web site: http://www. fyldeandwyreccg.nhs.uk/) Queensway development. Therefore, there will This includes: be further primary school provision required if housing demand and births continue to We have developed our commissioning • Improving urgent care services; increase at the same rate. priorities based on the health need of our local • Provide better care at home and in the population and extensive consultation with community for at-risk patients; local people. Given the potential additional new housing • Improving access to a GP; provision identified in Chapter 8: Housing (in addition to that at Queensway) there may need • Ensuring equality of access and choice to patients undergoing planned procedures

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:3 • Improving mental health and Table 12.4: Public Recreation, Open Space and Outdoor Play Facilities in St Anne’s dementia services Informal Children’s Approx Plan Name/ Formal Football Bowling Grassed Tennis Other Play Area Area Comments • Improving end of life care, with more Ref Location Park Pitch/s Green choice and better information for Area (Typology*) (ha) Martin patients and carers 1 No Yes No 2.30 Avenue The CCG has recently agreed a Blackpool Commissioning Plan for 2013-14 which 2 Road Yes Yes 5.65 sets out plans for the current year. Playing Field Rodney 3 Yes No 0.77 Secondary and Acute Medical Services Avenue Napier 4 Yes No 0.85 12.3.2 Secondary and Acute medical services Close Highbury Sitting Out area/ are provided by the Blackpool Fylde 5 Yes No 0.06 & Wyre Hospitals NHS Foundation Road pocket park Trust. Acute and emergency services King are available at the Blackpool Victoria 6 George‘s Yes Yes 0.98 Hospital. Clifton Hospital which is Field Mellings located within the NDP area is a 7 No 0.75 Wooded Area community hospital that provides non- Lane Ramsgate Part of larger acute, rehabilitation and respite care for 8 Yes Yes Yes 0.49 those with long-term conditions. Road recreation area Rear of 12.4 Recreation and Open Space 9 Shepherd No 3.0 Road 12.4.1 Tables 12.4 to 12.6 list the various 10 Jubilee Way Yes No 0.23 recreation and open space assets Waddington 11 Yes Yes Yes 2.89 available to residents and visitors within Road the study area (see also Figure 12.1). 12 Lima Road Yes Yes No 0.88 It should be noted that this is purely an 13 Hope Street Yes 5-aside yes yes Netball/ Yes 2.32 audit of existing provision ad does not Warwick 14 Yes No 0.16 reflect a formal assessment of need, Road quality or adequacy of provision. Children’s 15 Hove Road Equipped Yes 0.34 Play Area Promenade 16 Yes No 1.38 Gardens St. Anne’s Mini Golf 17 Mini Golf Course Course Ashton 18 Yes Yes Yes 5.0 Gardens

Chapter 12:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Table 12.5: Private Sports Pitches and Facilities in St Anne’s The Beach and Sand Dunes Informal Plan Formal Football Bowling Name/Location Grassed Tennis Other Comments 12.4.2 In addition to the inland recreational facilities Ref Park Pitch/s Green Area the large expanse of Beach and Sand Dunes St. Anne’s Cricket represent a major, and perhaps under exploited i Cricket Ground recreational resource (subject to environmental St. Anne’s Lawn considerations). ii tennis and Yes Squash Club 12.5 Fylde Borough Council Open Space, Sport And Recreation Study: Strategy and Action Plan-2008 Table 12.6: Public and Private Indoor Sports Facilities in St Anne’s Informal 12.5.1 This document which undertook an Plan Name/ Formal Football Bowling Grassed Tennis Other Comments assessment of the needs and adequacy Ref Location Park Pitch/s Green Area of provision of Open Space and Outdoor St. Anne’s playing facilities in Fylde was prepared as Lawn tennis a requirement of the now revoked Planning a Squash and Squash Policy Guidance 17: Planning for Open space, Club Sport and Recreation and was completed in Swimming, 2008. b YMCA Gym, MultiSports 12.5.2 The Study (see Table 12.7 overleaf): • identifies St. Anne’s as a Category 1 Settlement in its hierarchy of open space and

recreation provision; • sets out recommended aspirational standard of provision (per 1,000) population for the various typologies; and • sets out a recommended accessibility standard for each typology; and identifies notional deficiencies.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:5 Table 12.7: Summary of Findings of Fylde Borough Council Open Space, Sport and Recreation Study: Strategy and Action Plan-2008 for St Anne’s Recommended Aspirational Notional Deficiency Identified Typology Accessibility Standard (ha in 2008 per 1,000 pop) Accessibility gap to Amenity Green space for residents in northern All residents to be within 400m (squires Gate) part of NDP area. Parks and of a local park and/or 1,200m of 0.79 Because of Airport impacting on gardens district park and/or 3,200m of a accessibility and linkages with borough park other parts of St. Anne’s-no action recommended Natural/ All residents to be within 1,000 semi natural 0.60 metres of natural/semi natural greenspaces greenspace. All residents to be within 1,000 Amenity 1.04 metres of amenity greenspace greenspaces provision. All residents to be within 1,000 Allotments 0.16 metres of high quality allotment Notional deficiency of 0.6 ha provision Cemeteries 0.15 N/A Accessibility gap to Children’s All Category 1 and 2 settlements play space provision in northern within 400m of a LEAP; provision (squires Gate) part of NDP area. Children’s 0.10 of a NEAP, casual play area and Because of Airport impacting on play areas youth facility in each analysis accessibility and linkages with area other parts of St. Anne’s-no action recommended All residents in Category 1 and 2 settlements to be within 1,000 Civic Spaces 0.02 metres of high quality civic space provision. Green N/A corridors Outdoor All teams to have access to sports 0.23 appropriate site at relevant time. facilities

Chapter 12:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 12.5.2 The study concludes in respect of St. Anne’s 12.5.4 A summary of other key relevant findings of the study in relation to St. Anne’s are: that it has no overall deficiencies, other than in allotment provision (this has subsequently Parks and Gardens been partly addressed by the Town Council Comment/ Potential through the provision of a new allotment Report Findings Relevance to NDP at Blundell Road in 2011),and the gap in accessibility to green space and children’s Sustainable means of investment needs to be put in place before the play areas to the residential areas on Squires parks lose their ability to meet current user needs. Lane in the northern part of the study area. The Borough has a legacy of historic Parks and Gardens, which require significant investment. These require full restoration management plans and relevant funding strategies

There is a Ashton gardens 2013-2023 Management and Maintenance plan and further info on current work/proposals to restore waterfall feature as per 1920 design. http://www.fylde.gov.uk/resident/gardens/ ashtongardens/ Parks and open spaces require a hierarchical approach to their This could be linked to green management, maintenance and provision. This will determine the major infrastructure and community sites as high priorities due to their location, use and historic designations. activity trail Parks and open spaces have a significant part to play in the local Noted-Future improvements economy with regards to Tourism income, and in consequence it is and linkages between spaces essential that a higher than average standard be maintained in these could enhance the visitor areas with subsequent increased management and maintenance experience. implications. Potential link to green In many areas improving and enhancing the accessibility and quality of infrastructure and community existing provision will be more important than new provision. activity trail This should be reviewed in Residents believe that the provision of parks and gardens is adequate in context of potential population Lytham and St Anne’s. growth. Residents believe that all parks and gardens in Fylde should be of a similar high standard to Lowther Gardens or Park View Road, which offer Check with FBC re recent a range of amenities for users. (There is a Ashton gardens 2013-2023 improvements to Aston management and maintenance plan and further info on current work/ Gardens. proposals to restore waterfall feature as per 1920 design) http://www.fylde.gov.uk/resident/gardens/ashtongardens/ Parish and Town councils require strategic assistance to develop their community parks and recreation grounds to meet the needs of the community.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:7 Natural/Semi Natural Greenspace Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP The role of the 7.5Km stretch of beach, foreshore and dune lands from Starr Gate to Noted-the beach and dunes represent potential major recreation assets as Freckleton marshes must be recognised as Country Park designation. This needs to be part of green infrastructure strategy and linked by community activity trail. reflected in the future service management objectives. High value is placed upon semi-natural sites due to their biodiversity and ecological These sites within the NDP should be afforded additional protection as value. They are also valued for the variety of opportunities that they offer to users such appropriate through the NDP. They should be incorporated into the Green as informal play, health, well being and social inclusion benefit and amenity/sense of Infrastructure strategy-linked to additional promotion/ management to place. maximise access and protection. Consultation suggests that although there is a significant provision of semi-natural greenspace, the sites are not sufficiently open and accessible. Through greater community engagement and education this perception could be diminished. The coastal nature of Fylde is highly regarded. The coast provides a valuable open Noted-the beach and dunes represent potential major recreation assets as space resource for both residents and visitors to the Borough. part of green infrastructure strategy and linked by community activity trail. There is demand for greater publicity about the potential of sand dunes as an important Noted-the beach and dunes represent potential major recreation assets as resource which can meet the needs of a variety of users including walkers, children and part of green infrastructure strategy and linked by community activity trail. young people. The conservation, educational, health and tourism value of these sites could be . massively improved with the creation of a Coast and Countryside Service. The development of a signature building on the gateway to the beach foreshore and dunes system would give a better focus for community activity and improve tourism. The local nature reserve situated adjacent to Pontins Holiday Camp requires a long term Consultation with FBC-Potential to incorporate into Green Infrastructure vision and master plan. Strategy for NDP Resources must be identified to implement the sand dunes action plan. Fydle BC Dunes offcier Appointed.

Green Corridors Summary Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP The role of the 7.5Km stretch of beach, foreshore and dune lands from Starr Gate to Noted-the beach and dunes represent potential major recreation assets as Freckleton marshes must be recognised as Country Park designation. This needs to be part of green infrastructure strategy and linked by community activity trail. reflected in the future service management objectives. High value is placed upon semi-natural sites due to their biodiversity and ecological These sites within the NDP should be afforded additional protection as value. They are also valued for the variety of opportunities that they offer to users such appropriate through the NDP. They should be incorporated into the Green as informal play, health, well being and social inclusion benefit and amenity/sense of Infrastructure strategy-linked to additional promotion/ management to place. maximise access and protection.

Chapter 12:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Consultation suggests that although there is a significant provision of semi-natural greenspace, the sites are not sufficiently open and accessible. Through greater community engagement and education this perception could be diminished. The coastal nature of Fylde is highly regarded. The coast provides a valuable open Noted-the beach and dunes represent potential major recreation assets as space resource for both residents and visitors to the Borough. part of green infrastructure strategy and linked by community activity trail. There is demand for greater publicity about the potential of sand dunes as an important Noted-the beach and dunes represent potential major recreation assets as resource which can meet the needs of a variety of users including walkers, children and part of green infrastructure strategy and linked by community activity trail. young people. The conservation, educational, health and tourism value of these sites could be massively improved with the creation of a Coast and Countryside Service. The development of a signature building on the gateway to the beach foreshore and dunes system would give a better focus for community activity and improve tourism. The local nature reserve situated adjacent to Pontins Holiday Camp requires a long term Consultation with FBC-Potential to incorporate into Green Infrastructure vision and master plan. Strategy for NDP Resources must be identified to implement the sand dunes action plan. Sand Dune Officer appointed by Fylde BC

Amenity Greenspace Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP Consultation indicates that Public Rights of Way (PROW) across the Borough are generally of good quality. In particular users commend the implementation of reporting PROW network is not extensive within the NDP area-potential for new systems that are in place across the Borough for footpaths and cycle paths. However, linkages to be explored as part of community activity trail. there is a perception that bridleways require more attention particularly along Lytham Moss. Residents suggest that improvements are required to the PROW network in terms of connectivity. Users believe that access is limited and that neighbouring authorities PROW network is not extensive within the NDP area-potential for new are better served by PROW. There are aspirations to establish better links across the linkages to be explored as part of community activity trail. Borough and greater off-road provision

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:9 Children’s Play Areas Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP The quality of play areas varies across the Borough. The highest scoring quality sites offer a range of opportunities for children of a variety of ages, whilst low quality sites are Consultation and update from FBC required on this section. rated as such because of the lack of facilities. Consultation identified a shortfall in provision for over 11’s and also of formal play Subjec to Fylde BC Open Space update study 2015? opportunities across the Borough. A problem pertaining to play areas across the Borough is the lack of variety of equipment. Residents highlight difficulties taking children of different ages to play areas as there is often insufficient equipment to accommodate a cross section of age groups. It is in this respect that Park View Road is regarded to be one of the best play areas in the Borough accommodating children and young people all of ages. Consultation further highlighted the need to fully implement the Borough Play Strategy. Securing external funding and fully utilising developers’ section 106 contributions should be fully maximised. Children’s play must be accelerated up the political agenda. Improved marketing and promotion will increase the profile of Children’s play.

Allotment Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP Management of allotment sites is split between respective town/parish councils, FBC and The Town Council have responsibility for Allotment provision within St. Anne’ allotment associations. There is a lack of strategic management of provision across the parish. Due to effective management the waiting list now totals 18 people Borough. However, this does not appear to impact on the quality or usage of provision. waiting with average waiting time for a plot is 6-8 months. Users are, in the main, content with the quality and management of allotments. However, No demand for additional allotments at the moment, but review in conjunction consultation and waiting list figures indicate that current provision is not meeting demand. with any future planning applications for major residential development.

Cemeteries Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP Consultation identifies few quality issues impacting upon the usage of sites. Opportunities exist to utilise sites for greater amenity value and to encourage greater use of sites as an open space resource. There is also an opportunity to engage local communities and schools to explore the educational benefits offered by the sites in terms of their historical/heritage value. Additional burial land beyond the existing site boundary must be secured for future N/A burials.

Chapter 12:10 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Civic Space Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP No shortfall in provision has been identified through consultation, suggesting that there is no specific need for additional civic space in Fylde. Civic spaces are highly valued and play an important role in facilitating town centre community events. In particular, these include the two areas within St. Anne’s Square Noted that are used for civic entertainment and farmers markets etc and the Market Square at Kirkham.

Bowls Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP No latent demand was identified for additional provision. Review in context of population growth There is opportunity to improve the existing facilities through external funding .The bowling clubs must be supported and encouraged to apply for this.

Golf Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP Potential for incorporation into Green Infrastructure Strategy and Community There are five golf courses in Fylde. They are privately owned and managed. Activity Trail? No latent demand was identified for additional provision. The pitch and putt course on the promenade requires investment. Private sector Consult/ check with FBC partnerships should be explored.

Tennis Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP No latent demand was identified through consultation with clubs. Current levels of demand are already met. It is envisaged that any future demand can be accommodated by existing facilities where there appears to be significant capacity available. Floodlighting sites, which are operating at over current capacity, will alleviate overplay and enable clubs to take on new members. According to Sport England’s Active Places Power analysis of demand, there is generally good provision in terms of quantity of indoor facilities in Fylde. The analysis takes account of swimming pools and sports halls.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:11 The analysis suggests an over supply of sports halls in the Borough and there is no apparent need for additional provision. However, a review of access to schools is Subject to Fylde BC Open Space and Playing Pitch update required, as access is considered to be limited. The analysis does not take account of quality issues. The analysis suggests an over supply of swimming pools in the Borough and there is no apparent need for additional provision. However, a review of access to private provision (hotels in particular) is required, as it is considered to be limited. The analysis does not take account of quality issues. Swimming pool provision is concentrated in the more urban areas of St. Anne’s and Kirkham. According to KKP’s analysis of demand, Fylde is significantly under-provided in terms of fitness provision, both in terms of current and future demand.Anticipated demand by Subject to Fylde BC Open Space and Playing Pitch update 2016 equates to the need for an additional 114 fitness stations.

Indoor Sports Report Findings Comment/ Potential Relevance to NDP No latent demand was identified through consultation with clubs. Current levels of demand are already met. It is envisaged that any future demand can be accommodated by existing facilities where there appears to be significant capacity available. Floodlighting sites, which are operating at over current capacity, will alleviate overplay and enable clubs to take on new members. According to Sport England’s Active Places Power analysis of demand, there is generally good provision in terms of quantity of indoor facilities in Fylde. The analysis takes account of swimming pools and sports halls. The analysis suggests an over supply of sports halls in the Borough and there is no apparent need for additional provision. However, a review of access to schools is Subject to Fylde BC Open Space and Playing Pitch update required, as access is considered to be limited. The analysis does not take account of quality issues. The analysis suggests an over supply of swimming pools in the Borough and there is no apparent need for additional provision. However, a review of access to private provision (hotels in particular) is required, as it is considered to be limited. The analysis does not take account of quality issues. Swimming pool provision is concentrated in the more urban areas of St. Anne’s and Kirkham. According to KKP’s analysis of demand, Fylde is significantly under-provided in terms of fitness provision, both in terms of current and future demand.Anticipated demand by Subject to Fylde BC Open Space and Playing Pitch update 2016 equates to the need for an additional 114 fitness stations.

Chapter 12:12 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Outdoor Sports Report Findings Comment/ potential relevance to NDP Outdoor pitch management needs to follow the Playing Pitch Strategy. External funding and new partnerships need to be explored to improve the Boroughs premier sites: Park View Playing Fields, Segar Hodgson and Blackpool Road Playing Fields. Blundell Road Allotments (O.12 ha) 12.5.9 Key Theme 6 of the Draft Masterplan relates • To work in partnership with the major leisure to: Culture, Leisure, Sport and Recreation. providers and clubs and organisations to 12.5.5 The Town Council created Blundell Road The Issues which the masterplan seeks to ensure sustainable facilities and varied and Allotments in 2011. It purchased the land and address are: diverse sports activities. created around 30 plots. Part of these are let as small allotment plots at a nominal rent to • Potential future opportunities in the creative 12.6 Planning Policy Context-Culture and Social the residents of St. Anne’s. Part are available and cultural sectors – to grow the sector as Infrastructure for community groups at no charge. an employer and increase its value-adding role for tourism, place, and well-being What the NPPF says 12.5.6 The award winning site is very popular • Under-connected cultural and creative because the plots are smaller than the larger sector, with low levels of capacity and issues 12.6.1 Paragraph 17 of the NPPF states that ones available at Shepherd Road Allotments of limited growth, productivity and talent planning should proactively drive and support (that the Town Council also own/manage). attraction. sustainable economic development, and this • Heritage assets in need of restoration. includes the delivery of infrastructure. It also Other Public and Private Facilities states that planning should take account • Future potential of the sports facilities. of and support local strategies to improve 12.5.7 The area’s schools provide additional indoor • Future potential of local national and health, social and cultural wellbeing for all, and outdoor sports facilities. In addition, international events. and deliver sufficient community and cultural several hotels provide private gym and • Future potential of the Leisure assets facilities and services to meet local needs; and swimming pool facilities which are available to should identify priority areas for infrastructure non- residents. Proposed Key Actions provision. Draft Fylde Coastal Masterplan-March 2014 • To work with the Cultural Partnership to 12.6.2 Paragraph 21 requires that planning policies develop a strategic framework to should recognise and seek to address potential 12.5.8 The purpose of the Fylde Coastal Master plan barriers to investment, including any lack of initiative is to collate and coordinate all current • maximise arts opportunities across the infrastructure strategies and policy objectives for coastal Fylde Coast and identify opportunities for protection, water quality, nature conservation, investment. 12.6.3 Paragraph 23 says that planning policies habitat improvement and landscape • To ensure that the LEP growth plan should be positive, promote competitive town enhancement, conservation of the built and recognises Culture, Creative Industries centre environments and set out policies for natural heritage, culture, leisure sport and and the Visitor Economy as key economic the management and growth of centres over recreation, tourism and the visitor economy, drivers. the plan period. In drawing up Local Plans, access and transportation and develop high local planning authorities should allocate a level actions to address the major issues • To work in partnership with Sport England to affecting the Fylde Coast. Develop a sport plan.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:13 range of suitable sites to meet the scale and 12.6.6 Paragraph 70 says that to deliver the social, • give great weight to the need to create, type of retail, leisure, commercial, office, recreational and cultural facilities and services expand or alter schools; and tourism, cultural, community and residential the community needs, planning policies and • work with schools promoters to identify development needed in town centres. decisions should: and resolve key planning issues before • plan positively for the provision and use of applications are submitted. 12.6.4 Paragraph 42 says that the development shared space, community facilities (such as of high speed broadband technology and local shops, meeting places, sports venues, other communications networks also plays a cultural buildings, public houses and places 12.6.9 Paragraph 73 says that access to high vital role in enhancing the provision of local of worship) and other local services to quality open spaces and opportunities for community facilities and services. enhance the sustainability of communities sport and recreation can make an important and residential environments; contribution to the health and well-being of 12.6.5 Paragraph 69 says that the planning system communities. Planning policies should be • guard against the unnecessary loss of valued based on robust and up-to-date assessments can play an important role in facilitating social facilities and services, particularly where this interaction and creating healthy, inclusive of the needs for open space, sports and would reduce the community’s ability to meet recreation facilities and opportunities for new communities. Local planning authorities should its day-to-day needs; create a shared vision with communities of provision. The assessments should identify the residential environment and facilities they • ensure that established shops, facilities and specific needs and quantitative or qualitative wish to see. To support this, local planning services are able to develop and modernise deficits or surpluses of open space, sports authorities should aim to involve all sections in a way that is sustainable, and retained for and recreational facilities in the local area. of the community in the development of Local the benefit of the community; and Information gained from the assessments Plans and in planning decisions, and should • ensure an integrated approach to considering should be used to determine what open space, facilitate neighbourhood planning. Planning the location of housing, economic uses and sports and recreational provision is required. policies and decisions, in turn, should aim to community facilities and services. achieve places which promote: 12.6.10 Paragraph 74 says that existing open space, • opportunities for meetings between members 12.6.7 Paragraph 71 says that local planning sports and recreational buildings and land, of the community who might not otherwise authorities should take a positive and including playing fields, should not be built on come into contact with each other, including collaborative approach to enable development unless: through mixed-use developments, strong to be brought forward under a Community • an assessment has been undertaken which neighbourhood centres and active street Right to Build Order, including working with has clearly shown the open space, buildings frontages which bring together those who communities to identify and resolve key issues or land to be surplus to requirements; or work, live and play in the vicinity; before applications are submitted. • the loss resulting from the proposed • safe and accessible environments where development would be replaced by crime and disorder, and the fear of crime, do 12.6.8 Paragraph 72 says that the Government equivalent or better provision in terms of not undermine quality of life or community attaches great importance to ensuring that a quantity and quality in a suitable location; or cohesion; and sufficient choice of school places is available to meet the needs of existing and new • the development is for alternative sports and • safe and accessible developments, communities. Local planning authorities should recreational provision, the needs for which containing clear and legible pedestrian take a proactive, positive and collaborative clearly outweigh the loss. routes, and high quality public space, which approach to meeting this requirement, and encourage the active and continual use of to development that will widen choice in public areas. education. They should:

Chapter 12:14 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 12.6.11 Paragraph 75 says that planning policies 12.6.15 Local Green Space designation is for use in Fylde Local Plan should protect and enhance public rights of Local Plans or Neighbourhood Plans. These way and access. Local authorities should seek plans can identify on a map (‘designate’) green 12.6.19 The Fylde Local Plan (As Altered) (2005) opportunities to provide better facilities for areas for special protection. says that modern day society depends upon users, for example by adding links to existing a range of community services and facilities, rights of way networks including National 12.6.16 Designating any Local Green Space will responsibility for which broadly lies outside the Trails. need to be consistent with local planning Borough Council. Lancashire County Council for sustainable development in the area. is responsible for state education, social 12.6.12 Paragraph 162 says that local planning In particular, plans must identify sufficient services, police, fire, libraries and museums. authorities should work with other authorities land in suitable locations to meet identified The Blackpool, Wyre and Fylde Community and providers to: development needs and the Local Green Health Services NHS Trust and the North West • assess the quality and capacity of Space designation should not be used in a way Lancashire Health Authority (now Fylde and infrastructure for transport, water supply, that undermines this aim of plan making. Wyre CCG) are responsible for health service wastewater and its treatment, energy provision. A range of other services including (including heat), telecommunications, 12.6.16 Local Green Space designation will rarely cultural, private, social, religious and private utilities, waste, health, social care, education, be appropriate where the land has existing education are provided by private institutions flood risk and coastal change management, planning permission for development. and companies. and its ability to meet forecast demands; and Exceptions could be where the development • take account of the need for strategic would be compatible with the reasons for 12.6.20 Part of the value of the local plan is to identify infrastructure including nationally significant designation or where planning permission is no for service providers where the main areas infrastructure within their areas. longer capable of being implemented. of new development are to be located so that this information can be used effectively to 12.6.13 Paragraph 171 says that local planning 12.6.17 The green area will need to meet the criteria plan investment and capital works. As such authorities should work with public health leads set out in Paragraph 77 of the National service providers are consulted on the main and health organisations to understand and Planning Policy Framework. Whether to development proposals. This also helps to take account of the health status and needs designate land is a matter for local discretion. ensure that development takes place in areas of the local population (such as for sports, For example, green areas could include that are capable of sustaining growth in terms recreation and places of worship), including land where sports pavilions, boating lakes or of existing and planned infrastructure. Where expected future changes, and any information structures such as war memorials are located, service providers can identify land needs about relevant barriers to improving health and allotments, or urban spaces that provide a for new facilities e.g. new roads, schools, well-being. tranquil oasis. hospitals, cemeteries, safeguarding proposals can be included in the plan to facilitate their Local Green Space Designation 12.6.18 Land designated as Local Green Space may development. potentially also be nominated for listing by 12.6.14 Local Green Space designation (para 76) is the local authority as an Asset of Community 12.6.21 Development by statutory undertakers and a way to provide special protection against Value. Listing gives community interest groups public service providers can sometimes have development for green areas of particular an opportunity to bid if the owner wants to a significant effect on the environment and importance to local communities. dispose of the land. it is important that where such development requires planning permission it is carried out in an acceptable way in terms of location, siting, design, materials and landscaping. It is also important that where facilities are to be visited by the community at large, they should be

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:15 well-related to existing urban development and 3. Satisfactory vehicular access, parking, other buildings. Where residential care facilities easily accessible to the population they serve, loading and manoeuvring facilities can be are proposed, the amenities of residents in the not only in terms of private transport but also provided where appropriate; locality need to be protected, and that undue in terms of access by foot, cycle and public 4. Satisfactory foul and surface water disturbance or adverse change in character transport. drainage disposal arrangements can be of the neighbourhood does not take place. provided. Good design, adequacy of curtilage areas, 12.6.22 Policy CF1 says that development involving landscaping and car parking are all important the provision, extension or improvement of 12.6.24 The development of playing fields attached to aspects of an acceptable scheme. Whilst community or utility services will be permitted, redundant schools will not be permitted where residential in nature, the Council recognises subject to the following criteria: they have special significance in terms of their that the development of an over-concentration 1. The development is located within a recreational value or potential; or where they of such uses could lead to a change of settlement except where necessarily have a high amenity value and make a special character in a locality and will seek to avoid required to provide a service to a rural contribution to the green space of an urban this situation. area; area; or where the area has a shortage of 2. The development is appropriately located public open space or recreational play space. 12.6.27 Policy CF6 says that the community use of having regard to adjacent and nearby land school facilities will be permitted providing uses and would not prejudice residential that:- amenity; 12.6.25 Policy CF4 advises that Children’s day 1. The amenities of nearby or adjacent premises are not prejudiced; 3. The development is appropriately sited, nursery schools provide a valuable function designed and landscaped and would not in today’s society. Whilst these are normally 2. Vehicular access and car and cycle prejudice visual amenities or the character acceptable, in principle, in residential areas, parking facilities are adequate. of the area; they can cause noise disturbance, additional traffic, vehicle manoeuvring and car parking The justification text says that the Borough 4. Adequate vehicular access, parking, problems. The policy says that to avoid such Council will support appropriate use of loading and manoeuvring areas for loss of amenities to local residents the Council school facilities for community purposes vehicles can be provided; considers that nurseries are best located in and will encourage the County Council as 5. Satisfactory foul and surface water detached properties with large private gardens local education authority and other private drainage disposal arrangements can be or other large buildings where the effect of educational establishments to make facilities provided. their day to day operations would not have available where possible. significant effect on neighbouring and nearby 12.6.23 Policy CF3 says that the redevelopment of properties. It will be important that adequate 12.6.28 Policy TREC 10 says that development redundant school sites and other redundant on site car parking and dropping off areas are proposals for rural recreational purposes educational establishments will be permitted provided. in the countryside areas will be permitted providing that:- provided that they do not prejudice agriculture, 1. The proposed land use is acceptable 12.6.26 Policy CF5 advises that residential care nature conservation and other environmental having regard to the nature of the site, homes (including nursing homes, elderly interests, or conflict with the quiet enjoyment of adjacent and nearby land-uses and it persons’ homes and other special care homes) other recreational users of the countryside. would not prejudice residential amenity; are residential in character and appropriately 2. The development is appropriately sited, located within residential areas. Development designed and landscaped and would not of such facilities can be by way of new-build or prejudice visual amenities or the character from conversion of large existing dwellings or of the area;

Chapter 12:16 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 12.6.29 Policy TREC 12 says that all existing indoor 12.6.32 Policy TREC 15 says that The golf courses at 12.6.36 Policy TREC 18 says that development on public and private sport and recreation the St. Anne’s Old Links, Fairhaven, Lytham allotment gardens will not be permitted unless facilities will be retained. Proposals for the Green Drive And The Royal Lytham St. Anne’s it can be demonstrated that little demand exists redevelopment of such facilities for other Golf Clubs will remain in their existing use. and the allotments are substantially under- purposes will not be permitted. Proposals to Development proposed within the golf courses used or that alternative equivalent or improved provide additional or improved sports and will not be permitted unless it is associated facilities will be provided in the same locality. recreation facilities will be permitted within with golf or sport or it is ancillary to the existing settlements providing the following criteria can golf course use. The Emerging Local Plan be met 12.6.33 Policy TREC 16 says that in countryside areas 12.6.37 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred 12.6.30 Policy TREC 13 says that all existing areas and green belts, the development of new Options paper says that a vital element of of public open space will be safeguarded golf courses and other outdoor recreational sustainable development is the provision and from development unless as a result of facilities requiring extensive areas of open land delivery of local services and infrastructure. development, equivalent or improved provision will be permitted subject to specified criteria would be achieved in the locality. being met. 12.6.38 The Council is producing an Infrastructure Delivery Plan (IDP) which will identify the 12.6.31 Policy TREC 14 says that playing fields 12.6.34 Policy TREC 17 says that within housing infrastructure required to deliver the Local Plan and recreational facilities, including the and how it will be delivered. In doing this, it will following facilities, will be safeguarded developments, the provision of an amenity open space with facilities for children’s play, identify obstacles to the delivery of the Local from development. Planning permission for Plan and how these will be overcome. The development on playing fields and other where appropriate, will be required to follow specified minimum standards. IDP will also identify gaps in funding, and will recreational facilities will not be permitted therefore inform the Community Infrastructure unless certain specified criteria are met. Levy (CIL), which is a levy the Council may • Bowling Green, Warwick Road, St Anne’s; 12.6.35 Unless otherwise agreed the open space must use to charge on new developments. More be provided as a single central useable facility. information on CIL is set out in Policy INF2. • Bowling Green, Hornby Road, St Anne’s; For housing proposals that would produce or • Cricket Ground, Vernon Way, St Anne’s; contribute to a development of 100 dwellings 12.6.39 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred • Tennis Courts, Avondale Road, St Anne’s; or more, the provision of twice the above Options paper sets out the following policies requirements will be required. Arrangements relating to utilities and physical infrastructure. • Playing Field, Blackpool Road North, St. will have to be made by developers to provide Anne’s; for effective future maintenance of areas of Strategic Objective 2 is: to improve the • Blackpool Football Club Training Ground, open space provided in accordance with this environment by, inter alia, ensuring that Martin Avenue, Squires Gate; policy. Where the standards would require infrastructure is available to enable new • Bowling Greens, Ashton Gardens, St the provision of an open space of less than development, whilst protecting and enhancing George’s Road, St Anne’s; 0.2 ha or where for other reasons it is agreed the natural and built environment. between the developer and the council that the • Tennis Courts, Bowling Greens, Fairhaven open space would be better provided off site, Lake, Inner Promenade, Lytham St Anne’s; payment of a commuted sum will be sought • School Playing Fields. to help provide additional or improved open space or other recreational facilities nearby where the benefits would serve the occupiers of the new development.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:17 Strategic Objective 5 is: to develop socially a) Working with health care commissioners a) Make the most of existing infrastructure by cohesive, diverse and healthy communities by to support healthcare facilities and focusing on sustainable locations with the 1. Engaging and empowering local particularly to improve primary care and best infrastructure capacity; communities to be involved in local mental health care access and facilities; b) Mitigate any negative impacts on the matters that shape their areas. b) Where required by the priorities of quality of the existing infrastructure as a 2. Ensuring that new development seeks to Lancashire County Council and health result of new development; address pockets of deprivation. care commissioners, identifying sites c) Where appropriate, contribute towards for new facilities reflecting the spatial improvements to existing infrastructure 3. Increasing and enhancing open space distribution of need and the importance provision throughout the Borough. and provision of new infrastructure, as of accessibility and public transport required to support the needs of the 4. Promoting good health and wellbeing provision; development; by providing accessible high quality c) Seeking contributions, where appropriate d) Where appropriate, demonstrate how open space in association with new and viable, towards new or enhanced developments. access to services will be achieved by facilities from developers where new means other than the car; and where 5. Incorporating crime prevention measures housing results in a shortfall or worsening appropriate, demonstrate how the range into the design and layout of new of provision; of local social and community services development. d) Safeguarding and encouraging the and facilities available will be suitable and 6. Reducing urban isolation and rural role of allotments, garden plots within accessible for the intended user(s) of the exclusion through the promotion developments and small scale agriculture development; and of appropriate tenure mixes in new and farmers markets in providing e) Where new development is proposed developments and improved accessibility access to healthy, affordable locally in the areas of the Blackpool Periphery; to key services and facilities. produced food options. Kirkham and Wesham; Lytham and St 7. Promoting access to and support for Anne’s; and Warton that are affected by lifelong learning opportunities and 12.6.41 Policy INF 1 - Service Accessibility and limitations on waste water treatment, providing adequate school places. Infrastructure advises that the Infrastructure they should be phased to ensure delivery Delivery Plan identifies particular infrastructure of the development coincides with the 8. Facilitating access to community facilities, requirements within the Borough that are including health and social facilities and delivery of an appropriate solution which needed to support the Local Plan and ensure meets the standards of the Council, the developing socially cohesive, diverse and delivery of sustainable communities. healthy communities by investment in Statutory Undertaker and the Regulators. existing and the provision of new formal 12.6.42 The Policy states that new development will sports facilities across the Borough. 12.6.43 The Council will support delivery of broadband be required to provide essential site service in line with the Lancashire Broadband Plan and communications infrastructure and and communications technology to all parts of 12.6.40 Health and wellbeing considerations are demonstrate that it will support infrastructure referenced throughout the Local Plan. Policy the Borough and will encourage and facilitate requirements as set out in the Infrastructure its use in line with national policy. HW1 concentrates on three particular aspects, Delivery Plan. namely the provision of health care services, 12.6.44 Policy INF 2 - Developer Contributions access to healthy food and the requirement for In order for Fylde to protect and create Health Impact Assessments. It says that the recognises that all development, regardless sustainable communities, proposals for of size and scale, places additional demands Council will integrate public health principles development should: and planning and help to reduce health on services and facilities, impacting on their inequalities by:

Chapter 12:18 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 ability to meet the needs of the community. Charging Schedule. The types of infrastructure a) Existing public open space, including The Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) that developments may be required to provide sports and playing pitches, will be will create a system which will pass the cost contributions towards include, but are not protected unless the requirements of of infrastructure improvements on to those limited to: paragraph 74 of the NPPF are met. developments above 100 m2 which are a) Utilities and Waste (where the provision b) Development that results in the loss of considered to be of a type viable to charge does not fall within the utility providers registered Historic Parks and Gardens CIL. This will allow the Council greater legislative obligations); of national importance, as set out below, autonomy over expenditure and ensure will not be permitted. Development strategic infrastructure aims are met along with b) Flood prevention and sustainable drainage measures (see policy CL1); within a registered Historic Park or localised objectives. Garden, or development that affects its c) Transport (highway, rail, bus and cycle setting, will not be permitted where this 12.6.45 The introduction of a CIL charging schedule / footpath network, canal and any would prejudice its quality, character or will not remove the requirement for Section 106 associated facilities); appearance. planning obligations which will continue to be d) Community Infrastructure including health, used in accordance with the tests set out within c) Development will not be permitted on education, libraries, public realm and areas of open space which are considered the CIL regulations. Planning obligations are a community facilities (see glossary); key delivery tool, providing the opportunity to essential to the setting, character or visual secure financial contributions which mitigate e) Green Infrastructure (such as outdoor amenities of towns and villages. Specific against the localised impacts of development sports facilities, open space, parks, sites will be identified in the Fylde Local which would otherwise render the proposal allotments, play areas, enhancing Plan Part 2: Site Allocations to 2030. unacceptable in planning terms. and conserving biodiversity and d) Development that results in the loss management of environmentally sensitive of school playing fields will only be 12.6.46 The Infrastructure Delivery Plan identifies areas) (see policies ENV3 and ENV4); permitted if the development is for the particular infrastructure requirements within f) Climate change and energy initiatives necessary extension of an existing school the Borough that are needed to support the through allowable solutions; and and an adequate area of playing field is Local Plan and ensure delivery of sustainable g) Affordable housing. Where appropriate, retained. communities. The CIL and Section 106 the Council will permit developers to e) Development that results in the loss agreements will be vital in supporting the provide the necessary infrastructure of land used for allotments will only be delivery of infrastructure, along with other themselves as part of their development permitted when: funding streams. proposals, rather than making financial i. Suitable, alternative provision is made contributions. 12.6.47 The Policy states that new development will that is at least equivalent in size and quality to that which will be lost; or normally be expected to contribute towards 12.6.49 Policy ENV2 - Protecting Existing Open the mitigation of its impact on infrastructure, Space and Green Infrastructure says that the ii. It can be demonstrated that there is services and the environment and contribute existing open space and green infrastructure no longer a community need for the towards the requirements of the community. network in Fylde will be protected, unless allotments. This may be secured as a planning obligation development is permitted as part of the Local f) Fylde’s Public Rights of Way network, through a Section 106 agreement, where Plan, the landscape, biodiversity and water byways, cycleways and bridleways will the development would otherwise be management requirements of the Local Plan be safeguarded and opportunities to unacceptable, or through the Community are met and the requirements set out in this extend the networks will be supported Infrastructure Levy (CIL), at such time as the policy are met: where this improves access to key green Council has prepared a Standard 12.6.48 infrastructure assets, including areas of Green Belt and the Area of Separation.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:19 12.6.50 Policy ENV3 - Provision of Open Space and 12.6.52 Policy EC5 Leisure, Culture and Tourism 12.6.53 Policy EC6 Leisure, Culture and Tourism Green Infrastructure. Amenity Open Space Development says that the Council will plan for Accommodation says that serviced tourism says that within new housing developments leisure, culture and tourism by: accommodation (hotels) will be permitted comprising ten or more dwellings (excluding a) Promoting St. Anne’s as a ‘classic resort’. in the primary holiday areas in St. Anne’s, flats and residential caravan parks) the as defined on the inset map. Non serviced provision of amenity open space with facilities b) Supporting physical regeneration of tourism accommodation uses in these for children’s play, where appropriate, will be Lytham and St. Anne’s seafront area to areas will be resisted. Leisure and tourism required in line with minimum standards set out maintain the hotel market and support development will be encouraged in the North in the policy. It says that Financial contributions wider tourism and the local economy. Promenade and South Promenade Sea Front will be sought through the Community c) Promoting improvement and area of St. Anne’s and at Fairhaven Lake Sea Infrastructure Levy to assist schemes for enhancement of the man made coastal Front area of Ansdell/Fairhaven, as defined on other open space and green infrastructure defences at Pleasure Island, Fairhaven the inset map. where there is an identified need, including the Lake and Church Scar in order to provision of allotments, trees and woodland. encourage tourism and help maintain Opportunities to link green infrastructure flood defences (see Policy CL1). resources to create a multi-functional green d) Encouraging daytime and evening infrastructure network will be maximised. business, leisure, cultural and heritage Financial contributions will be sought through based tourism facilities, such as hotels, the Community Infrastructure Levy to assist restaurants, cinemas, theatres, museums, such schemes. The provision of a new country swimming pools and leisure centres within park in the grounds of Lytham Hall, or an the town centres. alternative location that meets Fylde’s deficit in park and garden provision, will be supported e) Protecting existing tourism, cultural and and contributions will be sought through the leisure assets, such as golf courses and Community Infrastructure Levy. the seaside resort facilities, with a view to helping them to adapt to new challenges. 12.6.51 Policy ENV4 - Management and Enhancement f) Promoting public art and public realm of Open Space and Green Infrastructure says works within settlements and seeking that financial contributions will be sought developer contribution funding where through the Community Infrastructure Levy appropriate. for the management and enhancement of g) Promoting beach leisure, activities and open space and green infrastructure, including events. the Ribble Coast and Wetlands and the Coastal Parkway. This includes enhancing the functionality, quality, connectivity and accessibility of open space and green infrastructure. Developer contributions will also be sought for other schemes that will result in the enhancement of the functionality, quality, connectivity and accessibility of open space and green infrastructure in Fylde.

Chapter 12:20 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 12.7 Key Issues

Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options

1. Health •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding or There is anecdotal evidence of pressures on existing GP practices, with difficulty in arranging to influence CCG funding convenient appointments. •• Consider specific policies e.g. to ensure GP practices 1 provide access for all residents within a reasonable The potential impact of additional population growth arising from committed new housing sites may distance and/or that any new require additional GP provision. •• Development would require the provision of a new practice or an extension of one or more of the existing practices •• Consider a policy on the provision of out of hours Drs/ There is no provision for out of hours Dr’s/health provision within the Town. Currently residents must 1.2 health provision for the residents of St. Annes, in St. travel to Blackpool for any out of hours care. Anne’s. 2 Education There is evidence of existing capacity issues for primary school provision in the NDP area. These •• Allocate land for new primary school 2.1 capacity pressures may be increased with already committed housing development. •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding The timing of the proposed Primary School at Queensway will be critical if adequate primary school •• Consider specific policy to promote the early provision of 2.2 provision is to be available to new and existing residents of the Town the proposed primary school 2.3 Potential requirement for new secondary school provision 3 Assets of Community Value •• Consider specific policy to identify Assets of Community Should the NDP identify Assets of Community Value? 3.1 Value If so, what protection should it give to them? •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding •• Consider specific policy to identify Assets of Community Should the NDP identify Assets of Community Value? 3.2 Value If so, what protection should it give to them? •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding •• Consider specific policy to identify Assets of Community Should the NDP identify Assets of Community Value? 3.3 Value If so, what protection should it give to them? •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding 4 Encouraging an Active and Healthy Lifestyle Is there potential for the NDP to promote an active lifestyle for all age groups, e.g. through a new •• Consider specific policy to promote provision of community 4.1 community activity trail linking key recreation and social infrastructure assets? activity trail 5 Supported Accommodation

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:21 Is there a requirement for supported accommodation for families with children in need? •• Consider specific policy to promote provision of housing 5.1 accommodation for both families with children in need and Is there a need for more supported housing accommodation due to the age of the town’s population? the aging population 6 New Community Hub 6.1 Is there a requirement for a new community Hub? 7 Childrens and Youth Facilities 7.1 Is there a requirement for better activity and play facilities for children and young people? 8 Open Space, Recreation and Leisure Address potential shortfall /accessibility to Amenity Green space/ Children’s play space provision in •• Consider specific policy requiring specific provision/ northern (Squires Gate) part of NDP area. accessibility improvements as part of new development 8.1 How should this shortfall be addressed? •• Allocate a specific site for new provision; Can a suitable site be identified? •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding Address potential shortfall/Civic space along outer edges of St. Anne’s •• Consider specific policy requiring specific provision/ accessibility improvements as part of new development Ensure provision in new outer development areas.- Possibly through a country park designation •• Allocate a specific site for new provision 8.2 The FBC Preferred Options Document shows a potential large open space allocation on open countryside to the east of the town. This could potentially be developed as a country park, linked by •• Consider country park designation footpath and cycle routes to rest of town •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding •• Deliver a Green Space Strategy 8.3 Is a specific NDP Green Space Strategy required •• Policy relating to Green space Strategy 8.4 Maintenance and management of existing facilities. •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding •• Consider specific Policy to develop new footpath and 8.5 Need for Improved Linkages between existing Recreation and Open Spaces cycle links, e.g. as part of Green Infrastructure Strategy/ Community Activity Trail •• Consider specific policy requiring specific provision/ Potential Beach and Dunes Country Park: accessibility improvements as part of new development 8.6 The Beach and Dunes are a major environmental and recreational resource. The FBC Open Space •• Allocate a specific site for new provision 2008 study recommends that the beach and dunes be designated and managed as a country park. •• Consider country park designation •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding Local Green Space Designation: •• An audit of existing green spaces can be prepared to Existing Green spaces can be protected by being designated as Local Green Space (para 76 of consider and justify designation of existing open space 8.7 NPPF). They may also be included in the Community Asset Register. areas (against criteria set out in NPPF and Guidance) as Should the NDP identify Local Green Spaces, and if so, which? Local Green Space and included as a specific policy in the NDP

Chapter 12:22 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Address potential shortfall /accessibility to Amenity Green space/ Children’s play space provision in •• Consider specific policy requiring specific provision/ northern (Squires Gate) part of NDP area. accessibility improvements as part of new development 8.8 How should this shortfall be addressed? •• Allocate a specific site for new provision; Can a suitable site be identified? •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding Address potential shortfall/Civic space along outer edges of St. Anne’s •• Consider specific policy requiring specific provision/ accessibility improvements as part of new development Ensure provision in new outer development areas.- Possibly through a country park designation •• Allocate a specific site for new provision 8.9 The FBC Preferred Options Document shows a potential large open space allocation on open countryside to the east of the town. This could potentially be developed as a country park, linked by •• Consider country park designation footpath and cycle routes to rest of town •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding •• Deliver a Green Space Strategy 8.10 Is a specific NDP Green Space Strategy required •• Policy relating to Green space Strategy 8.11 Maintenance and management of existing facilities. •• Proposal in Implementation Plan - consider CIL funding •• Consider specific Policy to develop new footpath and 8.12 Need for Improved Linkages between existing Recreation and Open Spaces cycle links, e.g. as part of Green Infrastructure Strategy/ Community Activity Trail Is there need to protect proposed open space provision approved as part of Queensway-possibly 8.13 through designation as a country park? 9 Potential impact of Population Growth •• Specific policies including, protection of open space, 9.1 a-Within existing urban area, increased populations could place pressure on existing facilities •• Specific policy to upgrade existing facilities, all new housing development to provide appropriate open space •• Specific policy to make appropriate on site provision (in 9.2 b-New development outside current boundaries will require new comprehensive provision accordance with open space hierarchy / requirement)

REFERENCES & DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

1. Fylde Borough Council Open Space, Sport and Recreation Study: Strategy and Action Plan-2008 2. The National Planning Policy Framework –DCLG-2012 3. Fylde Borough Local Plan-May 2003 4. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review-October2005 5. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options-July 2013 6. Developing Infrastructure Development Plan – Fylde BC- 2013

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 12:23 Chapter 12:24 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 Chapter 13

Utilities & Physical Infrastructure

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 13.0 Utilities & Physical Infrastructure

13.1 Introduction Environment Agency is responsible for 13.3.6 The IDP notes that the cost of providing the maintaining most of the defences from the necessary infrastructure to improve coastal 13.1.1 This chapters describes the physical former Lytham Land Registry building to Naze defences could exceed £100 Million. In infrastructure and minerals constraints and Point, near Freckleton. addition to these costs, there are a number opportunities which need to be addressed by of other associated costs, including the the Neighbourhood Plan 13.3.3 The Borough’s dunes act as a natural form of design and supervision of the works and the defence, and are generally in good condition. maintenance of the structures. It advises that 13.1.2 Physical infrastructure includes transport, The IDP notes that there is evidence of roll- Fylde Borough Council will bid for funding utilities and energy. Transport is dealt with back at the dunes between Squires Gate and for the replacement of the flood defences at separately in Chapter 11: Transport and St. Anne’s Pier, and that the presence of the Pleasure Island and Church Scar. The IDP Movement. coastal road and residential and commercial notes that CIL contributions will be considered properties is hindering this natural process. for dune management 13.1.3 As part of work on the emerging Local Plan, There are also a number of unmanaged Fylde Council is engaging with infrastructure access points through the dunes which has 13.3 Foul and Surface Water providers to determine the key infrastructure resulted in erosion of parts of the dune system. capacity issues and infrastructure projects that The IDP notes that, one of the aims of the 13.3.1 Fylde’s sewer system is a combined system, impact upon Fylde. An Infrastructure Delivery Fylde Sand Dunes Management Plan 2008 which means that it takes foul and surface Plan (IDP) will be produced, which will provide is to improve the efficiency of the dunes and water. Most of Fylde’s foul and surface water details of the infrastructure needed to support saltmarsh as soft sea-defence (with associated is transported via the pumping stations to the the Local Plan, who will provide it and what cost savings in maintenance of hard sea- wastewater treatment works at Clifton Marsh, it will cost. The Developing Infrastructure defences). The IDP further notes that if no near Preston. Delivery Plan for Fylde was published for action is taken, the hard flood defences at consultation in June 2013, in support of the Pleasure Island will fail, resulting in flooding 13.3.2 The IDP advises that the wastewater pumping consultation on the The Local Plan to 2030: to residential and commercial properties, stations at Fairhaven and Lytham are generally Part 1: Preferred Options. tourism assets, infrastructure and services. operating in line with their design control In addition, the ceasing of dune management principle, but they are close to capacity. This is 13.2 Flood Defence activities would increase the risk of a breach mainly due to the amount of surface water that of the dunes leading to potential flooding of enters the sewer system. It means that any 13.3.1 The draft Blackpool and Fylde Coast properties and infrastructure. further development that enables large flows Protection Strategy 2011 provides a long of surface water to enter the network in the term plan (100 years) for the management of 13.3.4 Further guidance is available in the Blackpool Lytham St. Anne’s area will increase the risk of the flood defences along the Blackpool and and Fylde Coast Protection Strategy 2011. spillage into the Ribble estuary. In particular, Fylde coast. The Strategy highlights the poor storm surges can overwhelm the system with condition of much of the man-made coastal 13.3.5 The preferred strategy identified in the IDP surface water, resulting in spillage into the defences and the erosion of the dune system. between St. Anne’s Pier and Fairhaven Lake estuary. The bathing waters at St. Anne’s are is to replace the existing hard defences. This failing the current bathing water standards and 13.3.2 The Council is responsible for undertaking would include a wide promenade and set back under the revised Bathing Water Directive, coastal defence inspections and maintenance flood wall. Such an approach would have the which comes into force in 2016, there could works on flood defences from Squires additional benefit of encouraging more visitors be advice against bathing from 2016 onwards, Gate to the former Land Registry building to the frontage, bringing economic benefits with disastrous implications for tourism. at the southern end of Lytham Green. The to the area and regeneration benefits to the frontage.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 13:1 13.3.3 These issues highlight the requirement that • Only as a last resort after all other options into the Ribble estuary per Bathing Season new development in the Lytham St. Anne’s have been discounted, including evidence of (May to September). However, Fairhaven and area should not discharge further surface an assessment, controlled discharge into the Lytham pumping stations are known to spill in water into the sewer network. Fylde has combined sewerage network. excess of this spill target. This has been due to watercourses which could potentially carry the amount of development in the catchment away surface water, thus preventing it from 13.3.6 The IDP advises that in terms of major along with more frequent and intense rainfall entering the sewer network. However, these infrastructure within the Fylde area, the Clifton during the summer months, both of which are generally connect to Liggard Brook and Main Marsh wastewater treatment works (WwTW) contributing to increased sewer flows. Any Drain, which discharge into the Ribble Estuary treats all flows arriving from the Fylde area, further development which seeks to connect at Lytham, where there are significant flood with the exception of the small villages of additional large surface water flows would risk issues. Weeton and Elswick. The treatment works increase the risk of additional spills into the at Clifton Marsh takes flows from several Ribble estuary. 13.3.4 The IDP advises that options for dealing with large ‘last in line’ pumping stations from the surface water and its removal from the existing Preston, Fylde and Penwortham area. Clifton 13.3.9 Spills from UU’s assets in the Preston and network will need to be explored. United Marsh WwTW is currently adequately sized southern Blackpool area are also believed Utilities recommend that any proposals for for the potential future development that could to have an impact upon the two St. Anne’s housing development will need to consider in occur in the local authority areas of Fylde and bathing water sites and the southern Blackpool detail the use of Sustainable Urban Drainage Preston. This is based on the separation of bathing water sites. In order to minimise the Systems (SuDS) and other water attenuation further surface water from developments and impact of spillages from United Utilities’ assets methods such as balancing ponds, as part of the receipt of only foul flows. on bathing water quality, there is a need any future planning application. to ensure that such assets remain reliable 13.3.7 The following strategic pumping stations serve and are operating in line with their design 13.3.5 The IDP identifies the priority options for the Fylde: requirements. There is also a need to ensure management of surface water as follows: that development is managed in line with pinch • Watery Lane Pumping Station, Preston • Continue and/or mimic the site’s current points in the sewer network that serves the natural discharge process; • Lea Gate Pumping Station, Preston area. • Freckleton Pumping Station , Fylde • Store for later use; 13.3.10 Some of the pumping stations in Fylde have • Discharge into infiltration systems located in • Lytham Pumping Station, Fylde been subject to improvement works. The porous sub soils; • Fairhaven Pumping Station, Fylde enhancement of these assets is designed to • Divert flows into green engineering solutions • Penwortham Pumping Station, South Ribble restrict storm spill flows and ensure screening such as ponds; swales or other open water of storm discharges. The enhancements have been based on additional foul water from features for gradual release to a watercourse 13.3.8 The IDP advises that due to the limited size and/or porous sub soils; development only, with potential adequate of the network historically, the catchment capacity of surface water drainage using • Store flows in tanks or sealed systems for is served by numerous storm overflows, existing dykes and watercourses. gradual release to a watercourse; particularly in respect of the pumping stations. • Direct discharge to a watercourse; The three strategic pumping stations in Fylde 13.3.11 In respect of development across the Fylde have storm overflows which have the capability coast, the aim of United Utilities is to minimise • Direct discharge to a surface water sewer; of discharging storm sewage during heavy and further risk of storm spills. As a consequence, rainfall. These pumping stations were designed United Utilities insist that foul flows only are to achieve a target of no more than three spills connected to the public sewer system and that

Chapter 13:2 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 surface water from greenfield development is Further significant development in these County Council has agreed to implement the separated, with no connection of these flows areas will create a large demand for water Coalition Government’s target of ensuring to the combined sewer system. In relation to and this will adversely affect water pressure. that the UK has the best superfast broadband brownfield sites, United Utilities request that Water network modelling would be required network in Europe by 2015. BT has been developers consider the separation of surface to determine the network reinforcements to appointed as LCC’s delivery partner, and water to reduce the amount of run-off from support significant growth in these areas. together they form the LCC and BT Broadband existing sites. Partnership. The authorities have entered into 13.4.2 There is production capacity at the water a partnership with BT Broadband, with the 13.3.12 Every five years water sewerage companies treatment works supplying the Fylde area. following aims: assemble and submit a business case for However, delivery of the proposed strategic • To deploy superfast broadband to areas in capital investment to the regulator Ofwat for development sites in Fylde will create a large Lancashire that are currently uneconomical approval. The outcome defines what, where demand for water, and this could potentially for private sector investment alone (“white and when capital investment is undertaken affect water pressure in the Borough. In areas”). over those five years. The current five year particular, there is limited available capacity capital investment programme, known as the within the water network to accommodate • To promote superfast broadband across the Asset Management Plan, runs from 1 April larger developments at Lytham, St. Anne’s and whole of Lancashire. 2010 to 31 March 2015. To inform the business the Blackpool Periphery. The network would • To enhance the provision of superfast case for the next Asset Management Plan, UU therefore need to be heavily reinforced in order broadband across those areas outside is assembling a business case to submit to to supply strategic sites in these areas with of white areas to ensure that Lancashire Ofwat by identifying future supply and demand water at the adequate pressure. The water achieves its overall vision for the take up and needs across the North West in relation to storage tank at Westby is the principal source use of superfast broadband. water supply and wastewater. However, UU of water for these areas, and needs to be cannot guarantee Ofwat will support and / or operated in a strict regime in order to maintain 13.5.3 The completion of the part of the project that approve UU’s business case. Future planned required pressure levels. covers Fylde is expected in 2014. development is an important element of UU’s business case. UU has stated that further 13.5 Telecommunications 13.6 Gas strengthening and reinforcement of pumping stations and rising mains is likely to be 13.5.1 Demand for telecommunications infrastructure 13.6.1 National Grid owns and operates the required to provide for the levels of growth set is expected to grow in line with housing and high pressure gas transmission system out in the Fylde Local Plan. employment growth over the plan period. in England, Scotland and Wales. There are two high pressure gas transmission pipelines within 13.4 Water Supply 13.5.2 The IDP advises that the lack of access to Fylde, and these are situated east of Kirkham. reliable, high speed electronic communication The IDP advises that National Grid has stated 13.4.1 The IDP notes that Fylde’s relatively flat has been identified as an issue in the borough. that extra growth within Fylde is unlikely to landscape creates water pressure issues in Lancashire County Council is proposing that have a significant effect upon National Grid’s the west of the borough, as the water supply 97% of the County will be able to benefit from gas transmission infrastructure, given the scale system relies on gravity to maintain constant superfast broadband by the end of 2014. of the gas transmission network. pressure. The IDP notes that in the Lytham Lancashire Superfast Broadband is a joint St. Anne’s and Squires Gate areas, along with project between Lancashire County Council 13.6.2 National Grid Gas Distribution (NGGD) owns land at the Blackpool boundary around junction (LCC), the two unitary Authorities of Blackpool and operates the local gas distribution network 4 of the M55, United Utilities are close to and Blackburn with Darwen and the twelve in Fylde Borough. Within the gas distribution minimum service levels with current demand. district authorities of Lancashire. Lancashire system there are sections that operate at

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 13:3 different pressures. Generally, the closer • Moorside Power Station – A new 3,200 13.8.4 The Infrastructure Delivery Plan identifies the gas gets to a customer, the smaller the Megawatt (MW) nuclear power station particular infrastructure requirements within pipe diameter and the lower the pressure. proposed near Sellafield (see Map 6 for the Borough that are needed to support the The IDP advises that reinforcements and location). Local Plan and ensure delivery of sustainable developments of the local distribution network • Windfarm projects – Two offshore windfarm communities. Planning Obligations through are generally as a result of overall demand in a projects are contracted for. S106 agreements will still continue alongside region, rather than site specific developments. CIL, but they will only be available for a • the North West to connect to Heysham Nevertheless, NGGD has undertaken a basic restricted number of purposes. Power Station. analysis for Fylde Borough Council which indicates for each of the strategic sites in Fylde 13.8.4 Whilst CIL is expected to provide significant 13.7.3 Whilst National Grid operates the electricity whether reinforcements would be required additional monies for infrastructure, it will not transmission network, it does not distribute to the low pressure gas distribution network. replace existing mainstream funding. Core electricity to individual premises. In the Fylde NGGD’s analysis indicates that reinforcement public funding will continue to bear the main area, Electricity North West is the electricity may be required before the estimated load burden, and local authorities will need to distribution company. generated by the development of the strategic utilise CIL alongside other funding streams to

sites can be taken. deliver infrastructure plans locally. 13.8 Community Infrastructure Levy

13.7 Electricity 13.8.5 Parishes with a neighbourhood plan will 13.8.1 Fylde Borough Council is investigating receive 25% of any Community Infrastructure the viability of preparing a Community 13.7.1 National Grid is the operator of the high Levy arising from developments in their area Infrastructure Levy (CIL) Standard Charging voltage electricity transmission system for compared to parishes without a neighbourhood Schedule. The Council has commissioned Great Britain and its offshore waters, and the plan who will receive 15%. a viability study of the Fylde Local Plan to owner of the high voltage transmission system 2030: Part 1 – Preferred Options consultation in England and Wales. Currently, National 13.9 Minerals and Waste document to inform this process. The viability Grid’s high voltage electricity transmission study is expected in 2014. lines within Fylde consist of the 400kV line that Minerals runs from Stanah substation in Wyre district, 13.8.2 The CIL is the Government’s response to running south west through Fylde to the 13.9.1 Lancashire County Council (LCC) is the the need for development to contribute to west of Kirkham, through to the Penwortham Minerals and Waste authority for Lancashire, the provision of infrastructure either directly substation in South Ribble. The IDP advises and is responsible for preparing planning or indirectly related to the development in that National Grid has stated that extra growth policy and identifying sites for minerals and question; and the view that the planning within Fylde is unlikely to have a significant waste in Lancashire and the unitary authorities obligations (S106) provisions provided only effect upon National Grid’s electricity of Blackpool and Blackburn with Darwen. a partial and variable response to capturing transmission infrastructure, given the scale of funding contributions for infrastructure. the electricity transmission network. 13.9.2 The Joint Lancashire Minerals and Waste Local Plan contains mineral and waste specific 13.8.3 Under the CIL, local authorities are 13.7.2 The IDP notes that a substantial amount policies for use in determining planning empowered to set a charge for most of new electricity generation is planned to applications for waste or quarry developments developments, through a formula related to connect to the system in the region over the in Lancashire. The Local Plan forms part of the the scale and type of the scheme. The monies next few years. The key projects are: development plan for Fylde. must be spent on local and sub-regional

infrastructure which supports the development of the area.

Chapter 13:4 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 13.9.3 The Minerals and Waste Local Plan contains Two main area\s are identified in the the following documents: Neighbourhood Plan area, that is, at Lytham • Core Strategy: Sets out the long-term spatial Moss and off the coast. In addition, land to the vision for the local planning authority area, west of Moss Hall Lane is identified as a peat the spatial objectives, and outlines the safeguarding area (see Figure 13.1) below. strategic policies required to deliver that vision. Mineral Safeguarding Areas • Site Allocations and Development Control Figure 13.1: Policies: Policies will identify specific locations for development, any specific requirements for individual proposals, and a series of criteria-based policies which ensure that all development within the area meets the spatial vision and spatial objectives set out in the Core Strategy.

13.9.4 The adopted Lancashire Minerals and Waste Site Allocations and Development Policies provides site specific policies and allocations, and detailed development management policies for minerals and waste planning in Lancashire.

13.9.5 There are three sites allocated in Fylde, none of which are located within the Neighbourhood Plan area.

13.9.6 Mineral planning authorities are required by national policy (Minerals Planning Statement 1) to ensure that unworked mineral deposits are safeguarded from development that would hinder their potential exploitation in the future. Mineral Safeguarding Areas (MSA) are included within the emerging Minerals and Waste Site Allocations and Development Policies DPD. Policy M2 of the DPD does not allow new development in these areas unless it can be demonstrated that any of the exceptions listed in the policy can be met.

Source: Joint Lancashire Minerals & Waste Development Framework

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 13:5 13.9.7 The Minerals and Waste Site Allocations 13.11 Waste Capacity such installations to a minimum consistent with and Development Management Policies DPD the efficient operation of the network. Existing indicates that there is no requirement for any 13.11.1 Thornton Waste Recovery Park treats 225,000 masts, buildings and other structures should new mineral extraction sites to be developed tonnes of household waste from Blackpool, be used, unless the need for a new site has in Lancashire at least up to 2021. If a need Fylde and Wyre and some areas of Lancashire been justified. Where new sites are required, for additional mineral extraction sites in the each year. The facility processes all waste equipment should be sympathetically designed Borough emerges over the Local Plan period, indoors, making it the UK’s first fully enclosed and camouflaged where appropriate. any requirement for new infrastructure to waste treatment facility. deliver the minerals site will be incorporated 13.12.5 Paragraphs 44 to 46 set out the approach into future updates of the Infrastructure 13.12 Planning Policy Context -Utilities and for dealing with planning applications for Delivery Plan. Physical Infrastructure communications infrastructure

13.10 Shale Gas What the NPPF says 13.12.6 Paragraph 162 says that local planning authorities should work with other authorities 13.10.1 The potential for shale gas exploration has 13.12.1 Paragraph 17 of the NPPF states that and providers to: been identified across the Fylde coast area. planning should proactively drive and support • assess the quality and capacity of This could have major positive impacts on sustainable economic development, and this infrastructure for transport, water supply, the Fylde economy but there have been includes the delivery of infrastructure. It also wastewater and its treatment, energy some concerns about the safety of shale gas states that planning should identify priority (including heat), telecommunications, exploration. Companies seeking to undertake areas for infrastructure provision. utilities, waste, health, social care, education, exploratory investigations, and to subsequently flood risk and coastal change management, test for and extract onshore oil or gas, 13.12.2 Paragraph 21 requires that planning policies and its ability to meet forecast demands; and including shale gas, must apply for planning should recognise and seek to address permission from Lancashire County Council potential barriers to investment, including any • take account of the need for strategic (LCC). lack of infrastructure infrastructure including nationally significant infrastructure within their areas. 13.10.2 Current activity is to test for shale gas. So 13.12.3 Paragraph 42 says that advanced, high far, whilst a number of permitted sites have quality communications infrastructure is Fylde Local Plan been developed or are being developed, essential for sustainable economic growth. and boreholes have been drilled, operations The development of high speed broadband 13.2.7 The Fylde Local Plan (As Altered) (2005) have only been carried out at one site on two technology and other communications states that society depends on the provision occasions during 2011. Due to a correlation networks also plays a vital role in enhancing of infrastructure services including highways, between shale gas operations and earth the provision of local community facilities and sewers, water, gas, electricity, postal and movements, the Department of Energy and services. telephone services. The provision of these Climate Change (DECC) asked the operator to services is undertaken by a number of public suspend activities. 13.12.4 Paragraph 43 says that in preparing Local authorities and private companies. Part of Plans, local planning authorities should support the value of the local plan is to identify for 13.10.3 Lancashire CC are producing a SPD on the expansion of electronic communications service providers where the main areas of fracking, with consultation on draft expected networks, including telecommunications new development are to be located so that Autumn 2014 and high speed broadband. They should this information can be used effectively to aim to keep the numbers of radio and plan investment and capital works. As such telecommunications masts and the sites for service providers are consulted on the main

Chapter 13:6 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 development proposals. This also helps to 4. Adequate vehicular access, parking, 13.12.12 In other locations, telecommunications ensure that development takes place in areas loading and manoeuvring areas for developments will be permitted provided that:- that are capable of sustaining growth in terms vehicles can be provided; 1. The proposal represents the best of existing and planned infrastructure. Where 5. Satisfactory foul and surface water environmental solution taking into account service providers can identify land needs drainage disposal arrangements can be technical constraints and all other material for new facilities e.g. new roads, schools, provided. considerations including environmental hospitals, cemeteries, safeguarding proposals 13.12.10 Policy CF7 - says that the use of overhead issues and the need for appropriate can be included in the plan to facilitate their landscaping; development. low voltage power and telephone lines within conservation areas or their settings, within the 2. All opportunities for the sharing of 13.12.8 Development by statutory undertakers and settings of listed buildings or within new urban equipment, masts and sites have been public service providers can sometimes have developments will not be permitted except examined; a significant effect on the environment and where the developer or service provider can 3. All opportunities for alternative siting, it is important that where such development demonstrate that their installation underground including the siting of antennae on requires planning permission it is carried out in is not a technically practical option. Where buildings or existing structures have been an acceptable way in terms of location, siting, existing overhead low voltage lines harm the examined; design, materials and landscaping. It is also character of conservation areas, their settings or those of listed buildings, their replacement 4. Proposals for the fixing of antennae and important that where facilities are to be visited satellite dishes on residential or other by the community at large, they should be with underground lines will be sought through discussions with the utility company. property minimise the effect on visual well-related to existing urban development and amenity and the character of the building. easily accessible to the population they serve, not only in terms of private transport but also 13.12.11 Policy CF8 says that proposals for major telecommunications development will not be 13.12.13 Policy CF9 says that proposals for the in terms of access by foot, cycle and public development of wind turbines will be permitted transport. permitted within or adjacent to the following areas if alternative suitable sites are available provided that all of the following criteria are met:- 13.12.9 Policy CF1 says that development involving elsewhere:- the provision, extension or improvement of • Sites of special scientific interest; 1. The site is located outside the urban areas and the development would not prejudice community or utility services will be permitted, • National or local nature reserves; subject to the following criteria:- residential or other amenities by way of • Biological heritage sites; noise, shadow flicker, radio or electro- 1. The development is located within a magnetic interference; settlement except where necessarily • Conservation areas and their settings; required to provide a service to a rural • Listed buildings and their settings; 2. The development, by itself or in area; combination with other proposed or • Scheduled ancient monuments; and committed wind turbine developments, 2. The development is appropriately located • Sites of national archaeological importance. would not have a significant impact on the having regard to adjacent and nearby land character of the landscape or on the visual uses and would not prejudice residential amenities of the area; amenity; 3. The site is not within or adjacent to a site 3. The development is appropriately sited, of special scientific interest, a local nature designed and landscaped and would not reserve, a biological heritage site and the prejudice visual amenities or the character development would not prejudice nature of the area; conservation interests;

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 13:7 4. The development would not prejudice the 13.12.19 The Policy states that new development will 13.12.21 The Council will support delivery of broadband character or setting of a conservation area be required to provide essential site service in line with the Lancashire Broadband Plan or a listed building; and communications infrastructure and and communications technology to all parts of 5. Appropriate vehicular access demonstrate that it will support infrastructure the Borough and will encourage and facilitate arrangements can be provided. requirements as set out in the Infrastructure its use in line with national policy. Delivery Plan. The Emerging Local Plan 13.12.22 Policy INF 2 - Developer Contributions 13.12.20 In order for Fylde to protect and create recognises that all development, regardless sustainable communities, proposals for 13.12.14 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- of size and scale, places additional demands development should: Preferred Options paper says that a vital on services and facilities, impacting on their element of sustainable development is the a) Make the most of existing infrastructure ability to meet the needs of the community. provision and delivery of local services and by focusing on sustainable locations with The Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) infrastructure. the best infrastructure capacity; will create a system which will pass the cost b) Mitigate any negative impacts on the of infrastructure improvements on to those 13.12.15 The Council is producing an Infrastructure quality of the existing infrastructure as a developments above 100 m2 which are Delivery Plan (IDP) which will identify the result of new development; considered to be of a type viable to charge infrastructure required to deliver the Local Plan CIL. This will allow the Council greater c) Where appropriate, contribute towards autonomy over expenditure and ensure and how it will be delivered. In doing this, it will improvements to existing infrastructure identify obstacles to the delivery of the Local strategic infrastructure aims are met along with and provision of new infrastructure, as localised objectives. Plan and how these will be overcome. The required to support the needs of the IDP will also identify gaps in funding, and will development; therefore inform the Community Infrastructure 13.12.23 The introduction of a CIL charging schedule Levy (CIL), which is a levy the Council may d) Where appropriate, demonstrate how will not remove the requirement for Section use to charge on new developments. More access to services will be achieved by 106 planning obligations which will continue to information on CIL is set out in Policy INF2. means other than the car; and where be used in accordance with the tests set out appropriate, demonstrate how the range within the CIL regulations. Planning obligations 13.12.16 The Fylde Local Plan to 2030 Part 1- Preferred of local social and community services are a key delivery tool, providing the Options paper sets out the following policies and facilities available will be suitable and opportunity to secure financial contributions relating to utilities and physical infrastructure. accessible for the intended user(s) of the which mitigate against the localised impacts of development; and development which would otherwise render the 13.12.17 Strategic Objective 2 is: to improve the e) Where new development is proposed proposal unacceptable in planning terms. environment by, inter alia, ensuring that in the areas of the Blackpool Periphery; infrastructure is available to enable new Kirkham and Wesham; Lytham and St 13.12.24 The Infrastructure Delivery Plan identifies development, whilst protecting and enhancing Anne’s; and Warton that are affected by particular infrastructure requirements within the natural and built environment. limitations on waste water treatment, the Borough that are needed to support the they should be phased to ensure delivery Local Plan and ensure delivery of sustainable 13.12.18 Policy INF 1 - Service Accessibility and of the development coincides with the communities. The CIL and Section 106 Infrastructure advises that the Infrastructure delivery of an appropriate solution which agreements will be vital in supporting the Delivery Plan identifies particular infrastructure meets the standards of the Council, the delivery of infrastructure, along with other requirements within the Borough that are Statutory Undertaker and the Regulators. funding streams. needed to support the Local Plan and ensure delivery of sustainable communities.

Chapter 13:8 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015 13.12.25 The Policy states that new development will 13.13 Key Issues normally be expected to contribute towards the mitigation of its impact on infrastructure, services and the environment and contribute Ref Key Issues Comments / Possible Options towards the requirements of the community. This may be secured as a planning obligation Lack of up to date Local Plan, •• Without an up to date Local Plan with Infrastructure through a Section 106 agreement, where 1 accompanying Infrastructure delivery Delivery Plan and CIL there is no certainty of adequate the development would otherwise be Plan, and CIL. provision of infrastructure. unacceptable, or through the Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL), at such time as the References & Documents Reviewed Council has prepared a Standard Charging Schedule. The types of infrastructure that 1. The Blackpool and Fylde Coast Protection Strategy 2011 developments may be required to provide 2. The National Planning Policy Framework – DCLG - 2012 contributions towards include, but are not limited to: 3. Fylde Borough Local Plan, May 2003 a) Utilities and Waste (where the provision 4. Fylde Borough Local Plan Alterations Review, October 2005 does not fall within the utility providers 5. Fylde Local Plan to 2030: Part 1 - Preferred Options - July 2013 legislative obligations); 6. The Joint Lancashire Minerals and Waste Local Plan - Adopted Sept 2013 – Lancs CC b) Flood prevention and sustainable 7. Developing Infrastructure Development Plan – Fylde BC - 2013 drainage measures (see policy CL1); c) Transport (highway, rail, bus and cycle / footpath network, canal and any associated facilities); d) Community Infrastructure including health, education, libraries, public realm and community facilities (see glossary); e) Green Infrastructure (such as outdoor sports facilities, open space, parks, allotments, play areas, enhancing and conserving biodiversity and management of environmentally sensitive areas) (see policies ENV3 and ENV4); f) Climate change and energy initiatives through allowable solutions; and g) Affordable housing. Where appropriate, the Council will permit developers to provide the necessary infrastructure themselves as part of their development proposals, rather than making financial contributions.

St Anne’s Neighbourhood Development Plan Chapter 13:9 Neighbourhood Profile ~ February 2015